California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book0ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
31T5A610 2016FITOwner'sManual
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book1ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 32 Airbags P. 41
2 Instrument Panel P. 69
Indicators P. 70 Gauges and Displays P. 82
2 Controls P. 87
Clock P. 88 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 90
Opening and Closing the Windows P. 113
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 116
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 144
2 Features P. 161
Audio System P. 162 Audio System Basic Operation P. 169
Customized Features P. 225 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 247
2 Driving P. 299
Before Driving P. 300 Towing a Trailer P. 305
Multi-View Rear Camera P. 343
2 Maintenance P. 351
Before Performing Maintenance P. 352 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 355
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 378
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate Control System
*
Maintenance P. 395
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 401
Tools P. 402 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 403
Overheating P. 415 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 417 Fuses P. 421
2 Information P. 429
Specifications P. 430 Identification Numbers P. 432
Emissions Testing P. 435 Warranty Coverages P. 437
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book2ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Contents
Child Safety P. 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Safety Labels P. 67
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 107 Security System P. 110
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
P. 115
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 131 Adjusting the Seats P. 133
Heating and Cooling System
*
P. 154 Climate Control System
*
P. 157
Audio Error Messages P. 218 General Information on the Audio System P. 222
When Driving P. 309 Braking P. 338 Parking Your Vehicle P. 342
Refueling P. 345 Fuel Economy P. 348 Accessories and Modifications P. 349
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 359 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 371
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 382 Battery P. 391 Remote Transmitter Care P. 393
Cleaning P. 396
Engine Does Not Start P. 409 Jump Starting P. 412 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 414
Emergency Towing P. 426 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 427
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 433 Reporting Safety Defects P. 434
Authorized Manuals P. 439 Customer Service Information P. 440
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 27
Instrument Panel
P. 69
Controls
P. 87
Features
P. 161
Driving
P. 299
Maintenance
P. 351
Handling the Unexpected
P. 401
Information
P. 429
Index
P. 443
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book3ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
❙
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button
*
(P335)
❙
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1
(P117)
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P130)
❙
Heating and Cooling System
*
(P154)
❙
Climate Control System
*
(P157)
❙
Rear Window Defogger
(P129)
❙
Heated Mirror Button
*
(P129)
❙
Audio/Information Screen
(P170, 191)
❙
Audio System
(P162)
❙
Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
System Indicators
(P70)
❙
Gauges
(P82)
❙
Information Display
(P83)
❙
ECON Button
*
(P326)
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button
(P331)
❙
Ignition Switch
*
(P116)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book4ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P126)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift Up)
*
(P322)
❙
(Select/Reset) Knob
(P83)
❙
Brightness Control
(P128)
❙
Display Button
*
(P191)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift Down)
*
(P 322)
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P121)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P124)
❙
LaneWatch
TM
*
(P332)
❙
Audio Remote Control Buttons
*
(P167)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
❙
Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P327)
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
(P247, 270)
❙
Voice Control Buttons
(P247, 270)
❙
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book5ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Glove Box
(P146)
❙
Shift Lever
Continuously Variable
Transmission
*
(P316)
Manual Transmission
*
(P323)
❙
Seat Heater Switches
*
(P153)
❙
Parking Brake
(P338)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P360)
❙
Fuel Fill Door Release Handle
(P346)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P149)
❙
Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P44)
❙
USB Port
(P163)
❙
HDMI® Port
*
(P164)
❙
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
(P164)
❙
Interior Fuse Box
(P423)
❙
Driver’s Front Airbag
(P44)
❙
Power Window Switches
(P113)
❙
Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P101)
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P131)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book6ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Coat Hook
(P150)
(Only on the rear left side)
❙
Ceiling Light
(P144)
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P50)
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P131)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
Map Lights
(P145)
❙
Moonroof Switch
*
(P115)
❙
Cargo Floor Box
(P148)
❙
Cargo Area Cover
*
(P152)
❙
Cargo Area Light
(P145)
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P59)
❙
Rear Seat
(P140)
❙
Side Airbags
(P48)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
*
(P149)
❙
USB Port
*
(P163)
❙
Front Seat
(P133)
❙
Seat Belts
(P32)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P61)
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P62)
❙
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
(P38)
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book7ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P93)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P131)
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P359)
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P126, 378)
❙
Headlights
(P121, 371)
❙
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
(P121, 372)
❙
Side Marker Lights
(P121, 373)
❙
Tires
(P382, 403)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P124, 373)
❙
Audio Antenna
(P165)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P376)
❙
Rear Wiper
(P127, 380)
❙
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P107)
❙
Tailgate Outer Handle/Release Button
(P108)
❙
License Plate Lights
(P377)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
(P343)
❙
Brake/Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights
(P376)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P375)
❙
Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P375)
❙
How to Refuel
(P346)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book8ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist System
Ambient Meter
● Changes color to reflect your driving style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Blue green: Moderate acceleration/deceleration
Blue: Aggressive acceleration/deceleration
● The ambient meter color changes in accordance
with your brake or accelerator pedal operation.
ECON Mode Indicator
*
(P78)
Comes on when the ECON button is
pressed.
ECON Button
*
(P326)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book9ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P 27)
Airbags
(P41)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P54)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P66)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain
carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces
where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P300)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P32)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book10ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P69)
Lights Indicators
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System
Indicator
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Starter System
Indicator
*
Door and Tailgate
Open Indicator
Tachometer
Speedometer
Fuel Gauge
Security System
Alarm Indicator
Shift Lever Position Indicator
*
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges
(P82)
/Information Display
(P83)
/System Indicators
(P70)
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
High Temperature
Indicator (Red)
Low Temperature
Indicator (Blue)
System Indicators System Indicators
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
U.S. models only
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator (Red)
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
System Indicators
Charging System
Indicator
U.S.
U.S.
Canada
Smart Entry System
Indicator
*
Washer Level
Indicator
*
ECON Mode
Indicator
*
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Canada
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
Canada
U.S.
M (7-speed manual shift mode)
Indicator/Shift Indicator
*
Information Display
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book11ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P87)
Clock
(P88)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
The clock in the information display is
automatically updated along with the audio
system’s clock display.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Clock
a
Select the (HOME) icon, then select
Settings.
b
Select System, Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.
c
Touch the / icon to adjust the
numbers up or down.
d
Select OK.
Models with display audio system
3
4
a
Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button.
b
Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
d
Select SET, then press .
These indications are used to show how to
operate the LIST/SELECT (List/Selector) knob.
•
Rotate to select.
•
Press to enter.
Models with color audio system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book12ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Engine START/STOP
Button
*
(P117)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals
(P121)
Lights
(P121)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P126)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book13ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Steering Wheel
(P130)
● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
To adjust
To lock
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P100)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it in one motion.
● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door
from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors.
Tailgate
(P107)
● With all the doors unlocked, pull the
tailgate outer handle, and lift up to open it.
● With all the doors unlocked, push the
tailgate release button on the tailgate to
open it.
● Press the tailgate release button to
unlock and open the tailgate when you
carry the smart entry remote.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book14ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P131)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows
(P113)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book15ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Heating and Cooling System
*
(P154)
● Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
● Rotate the mode control dial ( / / / / ) to select the vents air flows from.
● Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
● Rotate the fan control dial to OFF to turn the system off.
● Rotate the mode control dial to to defrost the windshield.
Fan Control Dial
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror
*
) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
*
Air flows from
windshield
defroster
vents.
Air flows
from floor
vents.
Air flows from
floor and
dashboard
vents.
Air flows
from
dashboard
vents.
Temperature Control Dial
Air flows from
floor and
windshield
defroster vents.
Mode Control Dial
Fresh Air/Recirculation Lever
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book16ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
*
(P157)
● Select the AUTO icon to activate the climate control system.
● Select the icon to turn the system on or off.
● Select the icon to defrost the windshield.
● The climate control system is voice operable.
() See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.
AUTO Icon
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror) Icon
A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
Air flows from
floor and
windshield
defroster vents.
Air flows from
floor vents.
Air flows from
floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from
dashboard
vents.
Temperature Control Icons Fan Control Icons
(Recirculation) Icon
(ON/OFF) Icon
(Fresh Air) Icon
Mode Control Icons
(windshield Defroster) Icon
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book17ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P161)
Audio Remote Controls
*
(P167)
● / Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth® Audio/AUX.
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
CD/USB/iPod/Pandora®
*
/Aha
TM*
/Apps/
Bluetooth® Audio/AUX HDMI.
● / Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
Models without navigation system
/ / / Buttons
SOURCE Button
Models with color audio system
Models with display audio system
Audio System
(P162)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
Models with color audio system
MENU/CLOCK Button
LIST/SELECT Knob
Button
(Back) Button
(Sound) Button
VOL /
(Volume/Power)
Knob
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)
(Phone) Button
RADIO Button
/
(Skip/Seek) Buttons
CD/AUX
Button
Audio/Information Screen
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book18ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Models with display audio system
Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
Audio/Information Screen
VOL (Volume) Icons
(Back) Icon
(Power) Button
(Menu) Icon
(Home) Icon
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book19ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P299)
Depress the brake pedal and press
the release button to move out of
(P.
Manual Transmission
*
(P323)
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
(P317, 319)
● Shift to
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
On models with paddle shifters,
D-paddle shift mode can be used.
Drive (S)
●
Better acceleration
●
Used to increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
Models without paddle shifters
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
S Position
7-speed manual shift mode can
be used.
Models with paddle shifters
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to move
the shift lever.
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode
*
(P321)
● Allows you to manually shift the transmission up or
down without removing your hands from the steering
wheel.
When the shift lever is in (S
● Pulling a paddle shifter changes the mode from
continuously variable transmission to 7-speed manual
shift mode.
● The M indicator and the selected speed number are
displayed in the shift indicator.
When the shift lever is in (D
● Pulling a paddle shifter temporarily changes the mode
from continuously variable transmission to 7-speed
manual shift mode. The selected speed number is
displayed in the shift indicator.
Shift Down
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up
Paddle Shifter
(M Indicator
Models with
paddle shifters
Models without
paddle shifters
Shift Lever
Release
Button
Shift Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book20ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
21
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® OFF Button
(P331)
● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P327)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press the -/SET button once
you have achieved the desired speed
(above 25 mph or 40 km/h).
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P334)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.
U.S. models only
Refueling
(P345)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 10.6 US gal (40 L)
a
Pull the fuel fill door
release handle.
b
Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c
Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d
After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book21ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P351)
Under the Hood
(P359)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and window washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of
the dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, push the lever, and lift
up the hood.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is
firmly locked in place.
Lights
(P371)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P378)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P382)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book22ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Quick Reference Guide
23
Handling the Unexpected
(P401)
Flat Tire
(P403)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
cargo area.
Indicators Come On
(P417)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Engine Won’t Start
(P409)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P421)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P415)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P426)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book23ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
24
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(0
to
(q
*1
.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Try to turn the steering wheel left and
right while turning the ignition key.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right
while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button at the same
time.
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(q
to
(0
and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?
The power mode does not
change from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?
The shift lever should be moved to
(P
.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
U.S. models with manual transmission
Canadian models
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book24ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
25
Quick Reference Guide
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear door
with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the lever
to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The exterior lights are left on.
●
The key is left in the ignition switch.
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book25ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
26
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book26ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
27
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 28
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 30
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 32
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 35
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44
Side Airbags....................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 50
Airbag System Indicators.................... 51
Airbag Care ....................................... 53
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 54
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 56
Safety of Larger Children ................... 64
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 66
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 67
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book27ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
28
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book28ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
29
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book29ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
30
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
Side Airbags
6
7
7
8
8
9 9
10
11
Door Locks
10
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book30ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
31
uuFor Safe Driving uYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 99
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 133
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 135
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 54
■
Safety Checklist
1Safety Checklist
If the door and tailgate open indicator is on, a door
and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all
doors and the tailgate tightly until the indicator goes
off.
2 Door and Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book31ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
32
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 61
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book32ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
33
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduces the effectiveness of
the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the
beeper will sound and the indicator will blink.
If the driver does not fasten the belt before
the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound. The indicator also may not come on and the
beeper may not sound when the occupant is not
heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such
occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should
be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag
likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 54
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book33ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
34
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book34ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
35
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 133
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book35ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
36
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book36ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
37
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
pulling the release outward.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Pull outward
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book37ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
38
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
■
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Anchor
Buckle
Latch Plate
Small Latch
Plate
Latch Plate
Anchor
Buckle
Latch Plate
Buckle
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book38ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
39
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book39ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
40
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book40ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
41
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
78 9
11
810
8
8
8
8
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book41ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
42
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that continually
monitors and can record information
about the sensors, the airbag activators,
the seat belt tensioners, and driver and
front passenger seat belt use when the
ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
e
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. The
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.
f
A driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
A rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book42ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
43
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, and sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not
wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important facts about your airbags
1Important facts about your airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book43ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
44
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON
(w
*1
.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book44ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
45
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book45ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
46
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book46ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
47
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger’s advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger’s front airbag.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver’s seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book47ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
48
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag
deploys even if there is no passenger in the passenger
seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side Airbag
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book48ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
49
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book49ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
50
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book50ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
51
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on.
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
*1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book51ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
52
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the front passenger’s weight
sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the
weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 54
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:
•
An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
•
A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
•
A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. models
Canadian models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book52ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
53
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book53ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
54
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Canada recommend
that all children ages 12 and under be properly
restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/
territories have laws restricting where children may
ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book54ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
55
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 67
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book55ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
56
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat maker’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is
at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book56ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
57
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book57ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
58
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book58ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position.
3. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book59ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe Driving
4. Remove the cargo area cover
*
.
2 Cargo Area Cover
*
P. 152
5. Route the tether strap between the head
restraint legs, and secure the tether strap
hook onto the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
6. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
7. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
8. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
9. Reinstall the cargo area cover.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat
that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book60ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
1. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
3. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat maker’s instructions,
and insert the latch plate into the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
4. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
5. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 4 – 5.
6. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book61ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe Driving
7. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
8. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Two tether anchorage points are provided
behind the rear outer seating positions and
one in the ceiling for the rear center. A child
seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
Tether
Anchorage
Points
Tether Anchorage Point
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book62ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■ Using an outer anchor
1. Remove the cargo area cover
*
.
2 Cargo Area Cover
*
P. 152
2. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
4. Reinstall the cargo area cover.
■ Using the center anchor
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Anchor Cover
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book63ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book64ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child’s safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book65ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
66
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control
system
*
as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
in the same manner
if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book66ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
67
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Radiator Cap
Doorjambs
U.S. models
Canadian models
Doorjambs
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book67ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
68
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book68ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
69
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 70
Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 80
Gauges and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 82
Information Display............................ 83
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book69ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
70
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off if the parking brake has been
released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid level is
low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the parking
brake not fully released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking
brake is released. Check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while
driving P. 419
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
P. 419
Brake System
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with a
component related to braking.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book70ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
71
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off when
the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil pressure
is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a
safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
P. 417
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON
(w
*1
, and goes off either
when the engine starts or after several
seconds if the engine did not start. If
“readiness codes” have not been set, it
blinks five times before it goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
emissions control system.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s
cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics
for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 435
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where
there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for
10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks P. 418
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w
*1
, and goes off when
the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the heating
and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
and
rear defogger in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
P. 417
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book71ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
72
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Shift Lever Position
Indicator
*
●
Indicates the current shift lever position.
2 Shifting P. 317, 319
Transmission
Indicator
*
●
Blinks if the transmission system has a
problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and
acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
M (7-speed manual
shift mode)
Indicator/Shift
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when 7-speed manual shift
mode is applied.
2 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode P. 321
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds if you
are not wearing a seat belt when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
●
If the front passenger is not wearing a
seat belt, the indicator comes on a few
seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you or the
front passenger has not fastened a seat
belt. The beeper sounds and the
indicator blinks at regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when
you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front passenger has
fastened the seat belt - A detection error may
have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 33
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book72ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Low Fuel Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.59 U.S.
gal./6.0 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel
gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time, there is
a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still
has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 340
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of the
following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book73ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
High Temperature
Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays on if the
temperature continues to rise.
●
Goes off, then comes on blue when the engine
coolant temperature is low.
●
Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to prevent
overheating.
●
Stays on while driving - Immediately stop in a
safe place and allow the engine to cool.
2 Overheating P. 415
Low Temperature
Indicator
(Blue)
●
Comes on when the engine coolant
temperature is low.
●
If the indicator stays on after the engine has reached
normal operating temperature, there may be a
problem with the temperature sensors. Have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
VSA® system or hill start assist system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System P. 330
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate VSA®.
2 VSA® OFF Button P. 331
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book74ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Door and Tailgate
Open Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds if you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if any door or the tailgate is
not completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door or the tailgate is
opened while driving.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON
(w
*1
, and goes off when
the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On P. 419
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book75ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
May come on briefly if the ignition switch
is turned to ON (w
*1
and the vehicle is
not moved within 45 seconds, to indicate
the calibration process is not yet
complete.
●
Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly low.
- The system has not been calibrated.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place,
check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if
necessary.
●
Stays on after the tires are inflated to the
recommended pressures - The system needs to be
calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 334
●
Blinks for about one minute, and then
stays on if there is a problem with the
TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a
compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as
you can.
Smart Entry System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
change the power mode to ON.
●
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the smart entry system or
push button starting system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on at all
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
models
only
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book76ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Starter System
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
set the power mode to ON, then goes
off.
●
Comes on if the starter system has a
problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the
ENGINE START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds
while pressing the brake pedal and clutch pedal
(manual transmission only), and manually start the
engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
The turn signal indicators blink when you
operate the turn signal lever.
●
If you press the hazard warning button,
both indicators and all turn signals blink
at the same time.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal
light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 372, 375
High Beam Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
—
Lights On Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light switch is
on, or in AUTO
*
when the exterior lights
are on.
●
If you remove the key from the ignition switch*, or
set the power mode* to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while
the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
Fog Light Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are on.
—
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book77ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Immobilizer System
Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w
*1
, then goes
off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key information.
●
Blinks -
You cannot start the engine. Turn the ignition
switch to LOCK (0, pull the key out, and then insert
the key and turn it to ON (w again.
You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode
again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other
devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
ECON Mode
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, then
goes off.
●
Comes on when you press the ECON
button.
2 ECON Button
*
P. 326
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book78ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system alarm
has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 110
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the CRUISE
button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 327
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if you have set a speed for
cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 327
Washer Level
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 370
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
●
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 355
Indicator
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book79ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
80
uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the information display.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed.
2 Check Fuel Cap Message P. 418
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book80ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
81
uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button to turn the engine off without the shift lever
in (P.
●
Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after
moving the shift lever to (P.
●
Move the shift lever to (P.
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button at the
same time.
●
Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
●
Appears when the smart entry remote’s battery
becomes weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 393
Models with smart entry system
Canadian models with continuously variable transmission
U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
U.S. models with manual transmission
Canadian models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book81ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
82
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer and related indicators. They are
displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
Displays your driving speed in mph and km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book82ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
83
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Information Display
The information display shows the fuel gauge, odometer, trip meter, engine oil life
and maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.
Press the (select/reset) knob to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
Some of the items on the information display also
appear on the audio/information screen. They also
change along with the information display changes
while the fuel consumption is shown.
Models with display audio system
Instant Fuel Economy
Clock
Odometer
Trip Meter A
Outside Temperature
*
Fuel Gauge
Instant Fuel Economy
Clock
Range
Trip Meter A
Outside Temperature
*
Fuel Gauge
Instant Fuel Economy
Clock
Average Fuel Economy A
Trip Meter A
Outside Temperature
*
Fuel Gauge
Instant Fuel Economy
Clock
Average Fuel Economy B
Trip Meter B
Outside Temperature
*
Fuel Gauge
Instant Fuel Economy
Clock
Engine Oil Life
Outside Temperature
*
Fuel Gauge
Select/Reset Knob
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book83ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
84
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. TRIP A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
■
Range
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book84ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
85
uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature indicator
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F or ± 3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
2. Press and hold the (Select/Reset) knob for 10 seconds or more while the
outside temperature is shown on the information display.
u The information display goes into temperature adjustment mode. The display
starts showing from -5°F to +5°F (U.S.) or -3°C to +3°C (Canada).
3. Release the knob when the right adjustment amount is shown.
u The adjustment is complete.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 355
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Outside Temperature
*
■
Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
■
Fuel Gauge
1Outside Temperature
*
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
When the engine oil life is shown on the information
display, you cannot adjust the outside temperature.
Push the knob to select the other display.
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book85ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
86
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book86ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
87
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock.............................................................. 88
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions ............................. 90
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
.......92
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside....93
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside.......99
Childproof Door Locks .............................. 102
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
................. 103
Opening and Closing the Tailgate ............ 107
Security System.......................................... 110
Immobilizer System ................................... 110
Security System Alarm............................... 110
Opening and Closing the Windows.......... 113
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
....... 115
Operating the Switches Around the Steering
Wheel
Ignition Switch.......................................... 116
ENGINE START/STOP Button ..................... 117
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison ...120
Turn Signals.............................................. 121
Light Switches .......................................... 121
Fog Lights
*
............................................... 124
Daytime Running Lights ............................ 125
Wipers and Washers ................................. 126
Brightness Control .................................... 128
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button ......129
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ................... 130
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Adjusting the Mirrors.................................131
Interior Rearview Mirror.............................131
Power Door Mirrors ...................................131
Adjusting the Seats ....................................133
Adjusting the Seat Positions.......................133
Rear Seats .................................................140
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
.......144
Interior Lights ............................................144
Interior Convenience Items ........................146
Heating and Cooling System
*
....................154
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
*
.................154
Climate Control System
*
............................157
Using Automatic Climate Control ..............157
Automatic Climate Control Sensors ...........160
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book87ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
88
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Display audio system
*
1. Select the (HOME) icon, then select
Settings.
2. Select System, Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.
3. Adjust the hours and minutes by selecting
/.
4. Select OK to set the time.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Time
The clock in the information display is automatically
adjusted along with the audio system’s clock display.
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 225
You can turn the clock display on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 225
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models without navigation system
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
3
4
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book88ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
89
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
■ Color audio system
*
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
u Adjust Clock is selected.
2. Rotate to change hour, then press .
3. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
4. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
1Color audio system
*
These indications are used to show how to operate
the LIST/SELECT (List/Selector) knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
You can also select Adjust/Clock by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Adjust/Clock, then press .
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book89ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
90
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the smart entry remote to start and stop
the engine, and to lock and unlock all the
doors and tailgate. You can also use the smart
entry system to lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate.
Use the key to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock all the doors, and tailgate.
You can also use the remote transmitter to
lock and unlock the doors, and tailgate.
■
Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 110
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter/smart entry
system
*
may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
Ignition
Keys
*
Ignition Key
with Remote
Transmitter
*
Smart
Entry
Remote
*
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book90ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
91
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Controls
■ Smart entry remote
*
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-
in key, push the built-in key into the smart
entry remote until it clicks.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Release Knob
Built-in Key
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of a vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book91ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
92
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Controls
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the
engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
*
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book92ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
93
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors and the
tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches (80
cm) of the outside door handle. You can open
the tailgate within about 32 inches (80 cm)
radius from the tailgate release button.
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front door
or the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
•
Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate
while someone else with the remote is within
range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
•
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
•
You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle
after two seconds of locking it.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors and the
tailgate with the smart entry remote if it is above or
below the outside handle.
•
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.
If the distance at which the smart entry remote works
varies, the battery is probably low. Replace the
button battery as soon as possible.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 393
Door Lock Button
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book93ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
94
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All the doors and the tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate release button:
u All the doors and the tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Using the Tailgate Outer Handle/
Release Button P. 108
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will
automatically relock.
Tailgate Release
Button
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book94ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
95
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u A beeper sounds and verifies the security
system is set.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote transmitter: The
lights go off immediately.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote transmitter will not lock the vehicle when
a door or tailgate is open.
The remote transmitter will not work when the key is
in the ignition switch.
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system only when the
power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
Unlock Button
LED
Lock Button
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book95ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
96
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low. Replace the
button battery as soon as possible.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 393
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book96ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
97
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
Fully insert the key and turn it.
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all
the other doors and tailgate lock at the same
time. When unlocking, the driver’s door
unlocks first. Turn the key a second time
within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors and the tailgate.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes
off when you open the hood or move the shift lever
out of
(P (continuously variable transmission
models).
Lock
Unlock
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book97ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
98
Controls
■ Locking the driver’s door
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the passengers’ doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and the tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.
The doors and the tailgate cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside
the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book98ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
99
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors and the tailgate lock
at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book99ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
100
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To prevent all the doors unlocking, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to unlock
all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the master
door lock switch.
2 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
P. 103
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 102
Inner Handle
Models with auto door locking/unlocking
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book100ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
101
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
To Lock
To Unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book101ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
102
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book102ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
103
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
Your vehicle locks and unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is
met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the master door lock
switch.
2 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
Unlocking Setting
*
P. 104
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book103ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
104
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
*
Controls
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
*
You can customize the auto door locking/unlocking setting to your liking using the master door lock switch.
■ Auto door locking
■ Auto door unlocking
*1: Default setting
■
List of the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Customizable Options
Mode Description
Drive Lock Mode
*1
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Off The auto door locking is deactivated all the time.
Mode Description
Driver’s Door Open
Unlock Mode
*1
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
Park Unlock Mode
All doors unlock when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal depressed.
Off The auto door unlocking is deactivated all the time.
Continuously variable
transmission models
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book104ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
105
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
*
Continued
Controls
*1: Default setting
*2: Models without smart entry system
*3: Models with smart entry system
■
Customizing Flow for Auto Door Locking Options
Steps Drive Lock Mode
*1
Off
1 Apply the parking brake.
2 The driver’s door must be closed at this stage. Open the driver’s door.
3
Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*2
.
Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal
*3
.
4
Press and hold the front of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door. You will hear a click more than five seconds elapsed.
Release the switch.
5
Turn the ignition switch to OFF (0 within 20 seconds
*2
.
Push the ENGINE START/STOP button once without depressing the brake pedal
*3
.
u Customization is completed.
u All doors unlock and all turn signals blink three times.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book105ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
106
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting
*
Controls
*1: Default setting
*2: Models without smart entry system
*3: Models with smart entry system
■
Customizing Flow for Auto Door Unlocking Options
Steps Driver Door Open Unlock Mode
*1
Park Unlock Mode
Off
1
Apply the parking brake.
Move the shift lever out of
(P with the
brake pedal depressed.
Apply the parking brake.
Move the shift lever to (P.
Apply the parking brake.
Move the shift lever to
(P.
2 The driver’s door must be closed at this stage. Open the driver’s door.
3
Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*2
.
Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal
*3
.
4
Press and hold the rear of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door. You will hear a click more than five seconds elapsed.
Release the switch.
5
Turn the ignition switch to OFF (0 within 20 seconds
*2
.
Push the ENGINE START/STOP button once without depressing the brake pedal
*3
.
u Customization is completed.
u All doors lock and all turn signals blink three times.
Continuously variable transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book106ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
107
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
■ Opening the tailgate
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may come down accidentally by its own
weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
■ Closing the tailgate
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 66
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book107ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
108
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuUsing the Tailgate Outer Handle/Release Button
Controls
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle/Release Button
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked. Press the tailgate release button
and lift open the tailgate.
Even if the tailgate is locked, you can open the
tailgate if you carry the smart entry remote.
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked.
Pull up the tailgate outer handle and lift open
the tailgate.
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle/Release Button
•
Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
A person who is not carrying the smart entry
remote can unlock the tailgate if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
Models with smart entry system
Tailgate
Release
Button
Models with smart entry system
Tailgate
Outer Handle
Models without smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book108ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
109
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuUsing the Tailgate Outer Handle/Release Button
Controls
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
Inner
Handle
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book109ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
110
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch or the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift
lever is moved out of
(P (continuously variable transmission models) or the hood is
opened before the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book110ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
111
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry remote, or turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in LOCK
(0
*1
, and the key has been removed from the
ignition switch.
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or smart entry system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system, or the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w
*1
. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release handle.
•
Moving the shift lever out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or smart entry system.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.
Continuously variable transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book111ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
112
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Panic Mode
Panic Button
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book112ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
113
Continued
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
, using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to
open and close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
*
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
. Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
*
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
Models with auto-open/close function
Power Window
Lock Button
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Off
On
Indicator
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book113ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
114
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close
Function
Close
Open
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book114ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
115
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
. Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
. Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book115ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
116
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
Models without smart entry system
1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in
(P.
If you open the driver’s door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
If the key won’t turn from LOCK
(0 to ACCESSORY
(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
3
WARNING
Removing the key from the ignition switch
while driving locks the steering. This can
cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
Remove the key from the ignition switch
only when parked.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
All models
(0
LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON
(w when you let go of
the key.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book116ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
117
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Continued
Controls
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1: Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
■
Changing the Power Mode
Models with smart entry system
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.The engine may also run
if the smart entry remote is close to the door or
window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the smart entry remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the message appears in the
information display.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 410
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Operating Range
Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks
(from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
Continuously Variable Transmission Manual Transmission
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked.
*1
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can
be used.
Press the button without the shift lever in
(P.
Shift to
(P then press the button.
Press the button.
Without depressing
the brake pedal
Without depressing
the clutch pedal
Indicator Indicator
Shift to (P.
U.S. models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book117ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
118
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P
*1
and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
*1: Continuously variable transmission models
■
Automatic Power Off
Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book118ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
119
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the information display notifies the driver
inside that the remote is out.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Power Mode Reminder
■
Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book119ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
120
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Controls
Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
*1: Except U.S. models with continuously variable transmission
Ignition Switch
Position
Without Smart
Entry System
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked.
●
No electrical components
can be used.
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
●
Normal key position
while driving.
●
All electrical components
can be used.
●
Use this position to start
the engine.
●
The ignition switch
returns to ON
(w when
you release the key.
Power Mode
With Smart Entry
System and
ENGINE START/
STOP Button
Indicator-Off
●
Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
●
The steering wheel is
locked.
*1
●
No electrical components
can be used.
Indicator-On or blinking
●
Engine is turned off.
●
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system and the
accessory power socket
can be operated.
Indicator-
On (engine is turned off)
Off (engine is running)
●
All electrical components
can be used.
Indicator-Off
●
The mode automatically
returns to ON after the
engine starts.
LOCK (0
(with/without
the key)
ACCESSORY (q
ON (w
START (e
VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)
ACCESSORY
ON
Indicator is: On Off
START
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book120ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
121
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Continued
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch
*1
.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Right Turn
Left Turn
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and rear license plate
lights
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book121ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
122
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Automatic Lighting Control
*
1Automatic Lighting Control
*
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book122ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
123
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
When the ambient light is at dark, the automatic
lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights
come on with or without the wipers sweeping more
than several times.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book123ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
124
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
1Fog Lights
*
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Fog Light Indicator
*
P. 77
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book124ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
125
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights
Controls
Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
• The headlight switch is off, or in .
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book125ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
126
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Front Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
Pull to use washer.
MIST
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book126ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
127
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■ Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to
(R with the front wiper activated, the rear wiper
operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the ignition
switch to ACCESSORY
(q or LOCK (0
*1
, then
remove the obstacle.
The wiper motor is equipped with a breaker that may
stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an
overload. Wiper operation will return to normal
within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to
normal.
INT: Intermittent
ON: Continuous wipe
OFF
Washer
Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation
INT (Intermittent) Intermittent
LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe)
Continuous
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book127ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
128
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
, you can use the
(select/reset) knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display will return to its original
state several seconds after you adjust the
brightness.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display while you are adjusting it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
Pressing the knob switches the display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.
(Select/Reset) Knob
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book128ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
129
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button or touch the icon to defog the
rear window and mirrors when the ignition
switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.
Models with heating and cooling system
Models with climate control system
Models with climate control system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book129ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
130
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book130ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
131
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w
*1
.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 133
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night
Position
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book131ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
132
Controls
The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
■
Expanded View Driver's Mirror
1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
Outer Segment
Inner Segment
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book132ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
133
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front seat
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
1Adjusting the front seat
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Driver’s seat is shown.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
Height Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book133ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
134
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book134ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
135
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■ Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■
Adjusting the Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book135ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
136
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
A passenger sitting in a back seating position
should adjust the height of their head restraint
to an appropriate position before the vehicle
begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
■
Changing the Rear Seat Head Restraint Positions
Outer
Center
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book136ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
137
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
To remove and install the rear outer head restraint,
recline the seat-back slightly forward as the space
between the ceiling and the seat-back is limited.
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book137ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
138
Controls
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
■
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book138ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
139
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Reclining the seat-backs on the front seats until they are level with the rear seat
cushions provides a large cushioned area that can (and should only) be used when
the vehicle is safely parked.
1. Remove the front head restraints while
pushing the release button.
u Store the head restraints in the cargo
area.
2. Adjust the front seats forward as far as
possible.
3. While pulling the seat-back angle
adjustment lever, pivot the seat-back
backward until it is level with the rear seat
cushion.
4. Move the front seat backward until it
touches the rear seat.
5. Unlatch the detachable anchor from the
anchor buckle, and store the rear center
seat belt.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
6. Adjust the rear seat-back to the desired
position.
To return the front seats and rear center seat
belt to their original positions, reverse this
procedure.
When you return a seat-back to its upright
position, hold the seat-back to keep it from
going up too quickly.
■
Reclining the Front Seats
1Reclining the Front Seats
Both front seats must be returned to their normal
upright position, and the head restraints reinstalled
and properly adjusted before driving.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 137
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book139ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
140
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
Pull the lever on the right to change the angle
of the right half of the seat-back, and left for
the left half.
■
Adjusting the Rear Seat-Backs
Release Lever
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book140ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
141
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
The rear seats can be folded down separately to allow for additional storage space.
■ To fold down the seat
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the
latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
3. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
4. Pull the release lever and fold down the
seat-back.
To return the seat to the original position, pull
up the seat-back in the upright position.
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the rear seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are
positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center
shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 52
Anchor
Buckle
Latch Plate
Release Lever
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book141ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
142
Controls
Separately lift up the left and right halves of
the rear seat cushions to make room for cargo
area.
■ Lifting up the seat cushion
1. Make sure the seat belt buckles are in their
loops on the seat.
2. Pull up the rear seat cushion.
3. Fold the seat leg down while pushing the
seat cushion firmly against the seat-back to
lock it.
■ Putting the seat in the original position
1. Hold the seat cushion in the upright
position, and pull up the seat leg fully.
u The seat cushion can abruptly fall down
once you pull up the seat leg.
2. Slowly put down the seat cushion and set
the seat leg in the floor guide.
u A latch comes out when the leg is set
properly.
■
Folding the Rear Seat Up
1Folding the Rear Seat Up
After you fold the seat up, or put it back in the
original position, make sure the seat is firmly secured
by rocking it forward and back.
Check if there are any items on the seat before you
pull the seat cushion up. Check if there are any
obstacles around the floor guide before you put the
seat back in the original position.
Loop
Seat Leg
Floor Guide
Latch
Seat Leg
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book142ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
143
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
*
Controls
Armrest
*
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book143ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
144
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Only the cargo area light comes on when the
tailgate is opened
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open it.
•
When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
•
When you close the driver’s door with the key in
the ignition switch.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) mode, or without the key in the ignition
switch, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE
START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
On
Off
Door Activated Position
Front
*
Rear
Door Activated Position
Off
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book144ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
145
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
The light comes on when you open the
tailgate.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the lens.
Models with moonroof
Models with moonroof
Models without moonroof
■
Cargo Area Light
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book145ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
146
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box.
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove boxes closed while
driving.
■
Console Compartment
*
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book146ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
147
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Pull the lid backward to use the front panel
beverage holder.
The beverage holder is at the front of each
door.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Front Door
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book147ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
148
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Rear seat beverage holders
The beverage holder is at the front of each
door.
Pull up the cargo area floor lid.
Rear Door
Models without center console box
■
Cargo Floor Box
Cargo Floor Box
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book148ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
149
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power socket can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w
*1
.
■ Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket (console
compartment)
*
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Accessory Power Socket(s)
1Accessory Power Socket(s)
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
Each accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
Cover
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book149ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
151
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
Front
Anchors
*
Rear Anchors
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book151ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
152
Controls
The cargo area cover may be removed to give you more cargo room.
■ To remove the cargo area cover
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the strap on each side of the
tailgate.
3. Disengage the support rods, then remove
the cargo area cover.
Reverse this procedure to install the cargo
area cover.
After reinstalling the cargo area cover, make
sure it is latched securely.
■
Cargo Area Cover
*
1Cargo Area Cover
*
Do not place items on the cargo area cover, or stack
objects higher than the top of the back seat. They
could block your view and be thrown about the
vehicle during a crush or sudden stop.
Do not apply excessive pressure to the cover, such as
leaning on it to retrieve an item.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book152ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
153
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The ignition switch must be in ON (w
*1
to use
the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
u The appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly press
the switch on the opposite side to turn
the heater off. The indicator will be off.
When a comfortable temperature is
reached, select LO to keep the seat
warm.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Seat Heaters
*
1Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book153ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
154
Controls
Heating and Cooling System
*
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
*
Mode Control Dial
Change airflow.
Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan speed. Rotate the dial all
the way to OFF to turn everything off.
A/C Button
*
Press to cool the interior or dehumidify
while heating.
Temperature Control Dial
Adjusts the interior temperature.
Fresh Air/Recirculation Lever
This lever controls the source of the air going into the system.
(Recirculation) Mode:
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(Fresh Air) Mode:
Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
Dashboard
vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Floor vents Floor and
defroster
vents
Defroster
vents
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book154ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
155
uuHeating and Cooling System
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
*
Controls
The heater uses heat from the engine coolant
to warm the air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select and .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
■ To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select .
3. Set the temperature to maximum warm.
4. Select .
■ To dehumidify the interior
*
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Turn the fan on.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning.
3. Select and . Adjust the temperature to your preference.
■
Heating
1To rapidly warm up the interior
Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book155ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuHeating and Cooling System
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
*
156
Controls
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select and .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).
■ To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum cool.
3. Select .
1. Selecting turns the air conditioning
system on.
2. Select .
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select .
3. Select .
4. Set the temperature to maximum warm.
■
Cooling
*
1To rapidly cool down the interior
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.
While in ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Continuously variable transmission models
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
*
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
*
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book156ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
157
Continued
Controls
Climate Control System
*
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Select the AUTO icon.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control icons.
3. Select the icon to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any icons are selected while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the icon that
was selected will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the icon that was selected will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO icon
is selected.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
You can raise or lower the temperature or fan speed
setting flicking either control icon.
Dashboard
vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Floor vents Floor and
defroster
vents
Temperature Control
Icons
AUTO Icon
Mode Control Icon
Fan Control Icons
(On/Off) Icon
(Recirculation) IconA/C (Air Conditioning) Icon
(Fresh Air) Icon
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book157ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuClimate Control System
*
uUsing Automatic Climate Control
158
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Select the or icon to switch the mode depending on environmental
conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
Select the icon to turn the air conditioning
system on and automatically switch the
system to fresh air mode.
Select the icon again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Select the icon.
2. Select the icon.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Selecting the icon switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the
navigation system manual.
While in ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Continuously variable transmission models
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book158ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
159
uuClimate Control System
*
uUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You hear the beep when operating the climate control system on the touch screen.
This can be turned on and off.
To turn off the beep:
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Touch the of the temperature control
icon five times while pressing and holding
the .
3. Release the , after -- blinks five times
and OF is displayed.
To turn on the beep:
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Touch the of the temperature control
icon five times while pressing and holding
the .
3. Release the , after OF blinks five times
and -- is displayed.
■
Turning On and Off the Touch Screen Beep
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If you touch any other icons during this procedure,
the setting may fail. In this case, once you set the
power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then follow this
procedure again.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book159ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
160
uuClimate Control System
*
uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book160ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
161
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System.................... 162
USB Port(s)........................................... 163
HDMI® Port
*
........................................ 164
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
............................. 164
Audio Antenna .................................... 165
Audio System Theft Protection ............. 166
Audio Remote Controls
*
...................... 167
Audio System Basic Operation............. 169
Audio/Information Screen .................... 170
Adjusting the Sound ............................ 174
Display Setup ....................................... 175
Playing the AM/FM Radio ..................... 176
Playing a CD ........................................ 178
Models with color audio system
Playing an iPod .................................... 181
Playing a USB Flash Drive ..................... 184
Playing Bluetooth® Audio..................... 187
Audio System Basic Operation ............ 190
Audio/Information Screen .................... 191
Adjusting the Sound ............................ 196
Display Setup....................................... 197
Playing the AM/FM Radio..................... 198
Playing a CD ........................................ 201
Playing an iPod .................................... 204
Playing Internet Radio .......................... 207
Playing a USB Flash Drive ..................... 209
Playing Bluetooth® Audio..................... 212
Playing a Video Using the HDMI®......... 214
Models with display audio system
Smartphone Apps.................................216
Siri Eyes Free.........................................217
Audio Error Messages ...........................218
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 222
Customized Features.............................225
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL.............................................247
Using HFL.............................................270
Models with color audio system
Models with display audio system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book161ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
162
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
See the navigation system manual for operation of the audio system.
The audio system features AM/FM radio. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC
files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface
*
.
1About Your Audio System
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
USB Port
Remote Controls
*
HDMI®
*
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book162ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
163
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
Features
USB Port(s)
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
1USB Port(s)
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
USB Port
USB Port
*
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book163ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
164
uuAudio SystemuHDMI® Port
*
Features
HDMI® Port
*
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port.
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1HDMI® Port
*
•
Do not leave the HDMI® connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.
HDMI Port
1Auxiliary Input Jack
*
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the CD/AUX button.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book164ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
165
uuAudio SystemuAudio Antenna
Features
Audio Antenna
Your vehicle is equipped with a removable
antenna at the rear of the roof.
1Audio Antenna
NOTICE
Before using a “drive-through” car wash, remove the
antenna by unscrewing it by hand. This prevents the
antenna from being damaged by the car wash
brushes.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book165ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
166
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display ENTER CODE
*2
/Enter code
*3
. If this occurs, reactivate the audio
system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2: Models with color audio system.
*3: Models with display audio system.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book166ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
167
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
*
Continued
Features
Audio Remote Controls
*
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM CD USB iPod Bluetooth®
Audio AUX
FM AM CD USB iPod
Pandora®
*
Aha
TM*
Apps
*1
Bluetooth®
Audio/AUX HDMI®
(Volume) Buttons
Press : To increase the volume.
Press : To decrease the volume.
Button
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong radio station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong radio station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Internet radio
*
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
*1: Appears only when connected to HondaLink
TM
.
1Audio Remote Controls
*
The CD or AUX mode appears only when a CD is
loaded or AUX
*
/HDMI
*
device is connected.
Pandora®
*
and Bluetooth® Audio appear when a
connection (Bluetooth® or USB) is established with a
device.
Button
Button
Button
Button
(Menu)
Button
*
SOURCE
Button
Models with color audio system
Models with display audio system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book167ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
*
168
Features
Steering Wheel (Menu) Button
• When listening to the radio
Press : To display the menu items. You can select Scan, Save Preset, or
Seek.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press : To display the menu items. You can select Scan, Repeat, or Random.
• When listening to an iPod
Press : To display the menu items. You can select Repeat or Shuffle.
• When listening to a Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To display the menu items. You can select Pause or Play.
• When listening to a Pandora®
*
Press : To display the menu items. You can select Bookmark, or Play/Pause.
1Audio Remote Controls
*
The button is available only when the audio
mode is FM, AM, CD, USB, iPod, Pandora®
*
, Aha
TM*
,
or Bluetooth® Audio.
Models with display audio system
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book168ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
169
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w.
Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK
button to access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any
mode.
The available mode includes the wallpaper,
display, clock, language setup, and play
modes. Play modes can be also selected from
scan, random, repeat, and so on.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display.
button: Press to select the sound setting mode.
button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness.
Press , then adjust the brightness using .
u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.
Models with color audio system
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Menu Items
2 Adjust Clock P. 89
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 172
2 Display Setup P. 175
2 Scan P. 177, 180, 186
2 Play Mode P. 180, 183, 186
2 RDS Settings P. 177
2 Bluetooth P. 229, 253
One of the operating systems used in this unit is
eCos.
For software license terms and condition, visit their
website (eCos license URL:
http://ecos.sourceware.org/license-overview.html)
For source code disclosure and other details
regarding eCos, visit:
http://www.hondaopensource2.com
Press the SOURCE, , , or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls
*
P. 167
Models with audio remote controls
(Back)
Button
Selector Knob
MENU/
CLOCK
Button
Button
(Sound)
Button
Menu Display
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book169ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
170
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
■
Switching the Display
Audio/Information Screen
Audio
Clock/Wallpaper
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book170ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
171
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio display, select Audio.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book171ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
172
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The selected picture is displayed.
7. Press to save the picture.
8. Press to select OK.
9. Rotate to select a location to save the
picture, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper
setting screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 480 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 255 files can be selected.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book172ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
173
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Select, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen.
1Wallpaper Setup
To go back to the previous screen, press the
(Back) button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book173ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
174
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the (sound) button, and rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then
press .
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
LIST/SELECT (Selector) Knob
Button
TRE is selectable.
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book174ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
175
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment,
then press .
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book175ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
176
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing the AM/FM Radio
RADIO Button
Press to select a band.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to search up and
down the selected band for a station
with a strong signal.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book176ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
177
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Update List
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press .
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing the AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls
*
P. 167
Models with audio remote controls
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book177ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
178
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA,
or AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD/AUX button.
*1: Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
CD/AUX Button
Press to play a CD.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Press and hold to move rapidly within a
track/file.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change tracks/files. Press
to display a track/folder list.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book178ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
179
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to display a list of tracks in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a track, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays UNPLAYABLE FILE, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book179ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
180
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a track or file.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC):
Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current
track/file.
Random
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays
all files in the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides
10-second sampling of the first file in each of the
main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of
all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in
MP3, WMA, or AAC).
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book180ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
181
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then press the CD/
AUX button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is
connected.
CD/AUX Button
Press to select iPod (if
connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
Play Mode Buttons
Press to select a play mode.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book181ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
182
Features
1. Press to display the iPod music list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the
Selector Knob
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio display.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 219
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book182ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
183
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Album: Plays all available albums in
a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a
selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current
song.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book183ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
184
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the CD/AUX button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
*1: Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
CD/AUX Button
Press to select USB flash
drive (if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book184ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
185
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press to display a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to display a list of files in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 222
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays UNPLAYABLE FILE, and
then skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 219
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book185ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
186
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the
current folder.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Random
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling
of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of
all files in the current folder.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book186ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
187
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 253
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
CD/AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.
VOL/
(Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn
the audio
system on
and off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
MENU/CLOCK
Button
Press to
display the
menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to resume playing a file.
Pause Button (Preset 2)
Press to pause playing a file.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book187ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
188
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the CD/AUX button until the
Bluetooth Audio Source is selected.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Press a Play or Pause button to select a mode.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack or USB port, you may need to press the CD/AUX
button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio
system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
Play Button
Pause Button
CD/AUX Button
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book188ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
189
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Press to display the music search list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the
Selector Knob
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the categories may not be displayed.
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book189ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
190
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON
(w
*1
.
: Select to go to the HOME screen.
2 Switching the Display P. 191
: Touch to select any mode.
The available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,
Music Search, and play modes. Play modes
can be also selected from Scan, Random/
Repeat, and so on.
: Select to go back to the previous display
when it is displayed.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press once and select or to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Audio Menu Items
2 Station List P. 199
2 Music Search P. 202, 205, 210
2 Random/Repeat P. 203, 211
2 Scan P. 200, 203, 211
Models with display audio system
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
Button (HOME)
Icon
(MENU) Icon
(BACK) Icon
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book190ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
191
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the (display) button on the steering wheel to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
Using the button
(Display) Button
Audio/Information Screen
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book191ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
192
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Select HOME to go to the HOME screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, or HondaLink.
■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 247
■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Voice Info, or System/Device
Information.
Using the HOME screen
HOME screen
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book192ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
193
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 225
■ HondaLink Apps
Connects with your smartphone
*1
to play personalized music, information, and
social media streams.
2 Smartphone Apps P. 216
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Home tab.
5. Select Home Screen Edit Order.
6. Select and hold the icon then, drag it to the
desired position.
*1: Available on specific phones only. Check handsfreelink.honda.com for compatible phones and
hondalink.com for feature details.
■
Changing the Home screen icon Layout
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book193ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
194
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select Clock/Info.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the
Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 256 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 4,096 x 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 5 files can be selected.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
To view wallpaper once set: press the HOME button,
select Info, press the MENU button, and select
Clock/Wallpaper.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book194ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
195
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or
BACK.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book195ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
196
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Sound.
Select the tabs to adjust the following choices:
BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE, SVC
(Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation)
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book196ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
197
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book197ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
198
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing the AM/FM Radio
*1: Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
Seek Icons
Select or to search up and down the
selected band for a station with a strong signal.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed information.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Audio/Information ScreenTune Icons
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Scan
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to store that station.
Select to display preset 7 onwards.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book198ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
199
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Select open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select Preset tab.
3. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select MENU while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select MENU while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select Refresh.
■
Preset Memory
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing the AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2 Audio Remote Controls
*
P. 167
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book199ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
200
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select View Radio Text.
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book200ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
201
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA,
or AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1: Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.
*2: Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶍᶊᶂᶃᶐᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book201ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
202
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/
AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book202ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
203
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book203ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
204
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
*1: Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
Songs Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly within a
song.
Audio/Information Screen
Cover Art
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book204ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
205
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 219
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the display audio
system, you may no longer be able to operate the
same app on the display audio. Reconnect the device
if necessary.
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book205ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
206
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current file.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book206ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
207
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port. Select
Source to select Pandora mode.
*1: Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
U.S. models
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
iPhone only
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
Audio/Information ScreenCover Art
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the
volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the
previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display
the menu items.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the
detailed information.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book207ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
208
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• New Station
• Change Source
• Sound
■ Operating a menu item
1. Select MENU.
2. Select an item.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, songs, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Changing Stations
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 220
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book208ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
209
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 163
*1: Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2: Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
Audio/Information Screen
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Folder Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book209ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
210
Features
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Research List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 222
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 219
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book210ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
211
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book211ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
212
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
*1: Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically linked.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
A NO CONNECT message may be displayed if:
•
The phone is not linked to HFL.
•
The phone is not turned on.
•
The phone is not in the vehicle.
•
An incompatible phone is connected.
The following functions may not be available on
some devices:
•
Pause function
•
Group selection
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵮᶆᶍᶌᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
▲
▲
Audio/Information Screen Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to
change tracks.
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the
volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to
the previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Open/Close Icon
*1
Displays/hides the
detailed information.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display
the menu items.
Group Icons
Select or to change
group.
Pause Icon
Play Icon
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book212ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
▲
▲
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book213ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
214
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®
Features
Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
Your audio system allows you to play videos from an HDMI®-compatible device.
Connect the device, using an HDMI® cable, then select the HDMI® mode.
2 HDMI® Port
*
P. 164
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
Audio/Information Screen
VOL (Volume) Icons
Select to adjust the volume.
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the menu items.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book214ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®
Features
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Aspect Ratio Adjustment.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select OK.
■
Changing the Screen Aspect
1Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
This feature is limited while driving. To play videos,
stop your vehicle and apply the parking brake.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book215ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
216
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Apps
Features
Smartphone Apps
You can connect a compatible smartphone to the system to enable integration
between the smartphone’s approved apps and the vehicle. This allows you to
control the phone through the vehicle display. To check smart phone compatibility,
download the HondaLink app, and view connection instructions, visit
handsfreelink.honda.com. For the latest apps and feature details, check
hondalink.com.
1Smartphone Apps
Park in a safe place before connecting your phone
and while operating the displayed apps.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the
system. The system does not display all the available
apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be
preinstalled. Ask a dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your
smartphone if another electronic device is connected.
2 Changing the currently paired phone
P. 279
The following may vary by phone type:
•
Connection methods.
•
How to connect a smartphone to the system.
•
Apps that can be operated on the screen.
•
Display response time/update time.
We do not support every app operation on the
display audio.
Ask the app provider for any questions on the app’s
features.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
Microphone
(BACK) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display. (Not available on all phones.)
(HOME) Icon
Select to go back to HOME or to
a previous display.
(MENU) Icon
Select to display the
menu on the app you
selected. (Not available
on all apps.)
Microphone
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book216ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is
paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
■
Using Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the
Talk button.
1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Eyes Free
While in Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book217ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
218
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
*1: On the color audio system, the error messages are displayed in capitals.
Error Message
*1
Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual
Push Eject
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 223
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 223
Heat Error High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book218ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
219
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1: Display audio system
*2: Color audio system
The error message is displayed in capitals.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
*1
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible
with the USB adapter unit.
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual
*1
BAD USB DEVICE
PLEASE CHECK OWNERS MANUAL
*2
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the
audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unsupported Version
*1
UNSUPPORTED VER.
*2
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is
connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry
*1, *2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
*1, *2
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error
message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
*1
USB NO SONG
*2
iPod NO SONG
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the
USB flash drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
*1, *2
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book219ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
220
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously created
stations.
●
Appears when the number of stations that can be created is
exceeded. Follow the message.
Unable to create new station. Please try again.
●
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again
later.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Unable to save bookmark.
This Pandora station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
●
Appears when the station you selected is not available. Change a
station, or try again later.
Unable to play Pandora. When stopped, log-in to Pandora.
●
Appears when you have not logged into Pandora®. Follow the
message.
Unable to connect to Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
●
Appears when failed to connect. Check your device and try again.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Connect Retry
Models with display audio system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book220ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
221
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unsupported
●
Appears when the device is not supported. Use another device.
Unsupported Version
●
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
Pandora App version is not supported
Unable to connect to the phone.
Please make sure the phone’s Bluetooth setting is ON and try
again.
●
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check the
Bluetooth status on your device.
No Data
●
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual
●
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No station list on device.
Use device to create station.
●
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Create one on
your device.
No Stations stored in Pandora App
●
Appears when there is no station on app. Store some.
The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped per hour
has been reached.
●
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book221ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
222
Features
General Information on the Audio System
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA, or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book222ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
223
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch (8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book223ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
224
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano
iPod touch
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S/iPhone 5
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book224ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
225
Continued
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
See the navigation system manual for information of the customized features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON (w, press the
MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings,
press the button, then select Phone Setup.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
•
Set the parking brake.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with color audio system
1How to customize
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To customize other features, select Settings, rotate
, then press .
2 List of customizable options P. 229
Audio/Information Screen
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book225ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
226
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ Customization Flow
Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
Clock Adjustment
Settings Bluetooth Add New Device
Connect an Audio Device
Display Adjustment Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Rear Camera Camera Guideline
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book226ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
227
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Display Change Audio
Wallpaper
Wallpaper Select
Import
Delete
Color Theme Blue
Red
Amber
Gray
Language
Clock Format 12H
24H
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book227ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
228
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .
Ringtone Fixed
Mobile Phone
Bluetooth Setup Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key
Speed Dial
Caller ID Info Name Priority
Number Priority
System Clear
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book228ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
229
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock Adjustment
Adjust Clock.
2 Clock P. 88
—
Settings
Bluetooth
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a code for a paired
phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 253
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Display
Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Rear
Camera
Camera Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the
audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book229ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
230
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Display Change Changes the display type. Audio
*1
/Wallpaper
Wallpaper
Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Clock
*1
/Image1/Image2/
Image3
Import
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 172
—
Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image1
*1
/Image2/Image3
Color Theme
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Red/Amber/Grey
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/French/Spanish
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H.
12H
*1
/24H
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book230ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
231
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Setup
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 253
—
Connect a Phone
Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone
to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 253
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. —
Disconnect All Devices Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Delete Device Deletes a paired phone. —
Pass-Key Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. —
Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 260
—
Ringtone Selects the ring tone. Fixed
*1
/Mobile Phone
Caller ID Info
Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number
as the caller ID.
Name Priority
*1
/Number
Priority
System Clear
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone Setup group as default.
—
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book231ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuCustomized Featuresu
232
Features
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the ignition switch in ON
(w
*1
, select
Settings, then select a setting item.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
•
Set the parking brake.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Models with display audio system
92/
+20(
0(18
%$&.
Clock/Info Phone
Audio/Information Screen
1How to customize
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 238
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book232ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
233
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization Flow
Models with display audio system
Select HOME.
Select Settings.
Clock/Info Phone
Audio Camera
Bluetooth System
Home Home Screen Edit Order
Background Color
Display Display Settings Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Beep Volume
Sound/Beep Volume
Volume
Voice Recog. Voice Prompt
Automatic Phone Sync
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Default
Factory Data Reset
Clock Format
Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Keyboard Layout
Others Language
Remember Last Screen
Voice Command Tips
System
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book233ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
234
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.
Sound
Color
Tint
Audio
Audio Source Pop-Up
[Your selected media] Cover Art
*1
Color
Display Adjustment
*1
Display Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Aspect Ratio Adjustment
*1
Change Bluetooth Audio Device
*1
Bluetooth Device List
*1
Default
RDS INFO
*1
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book234ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
235
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Clock Format
Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Clock/Info
Default
Other Info Screen Preference
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book235ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
236
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Edit Speed Dial
Phone Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Phone
Default
Text/Email Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book236ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
237
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Reference Line
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn Signal
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Default
Camera
Default
Rear Wide Camera
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Bluetooth
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book237ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
238
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Home Home Screen Edit Order
Changes the HOME screen icon layout.
2 Changing the Home screen icon Layout
P. 193
—
Display
Display
Settings
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Background Color
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/Violet
Sound/
Beep
Volume Changes the sound volume. 0-6
*1
-11
Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2
*1
/3
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book238ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
239
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Voice
Recog.
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 0-6
*1
-11
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook. —
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/Small
Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 194
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/Metallic
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Clock P. 88
—
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H.
12H
*1
/24H
Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Clock Location
Changes the clock display layout.
Right upper
*1
/Left upper/
Right lower/Left lower/Off
Clock Reset
Cancels/Resets all customized items for clock
display as default.
Yes/No
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book239ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
240
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Others
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/French/Spanish
Keyboard Layout Selects the on-screen keyboard type. Alphabet/QWERTY
*1
Voice Command Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system
is disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Remember Last Screen
Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.
On/Off
*1
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 246
Yes/No
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System group as default.
Yes/No
Audio
Sound
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s
sound
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 196
-6 ~ 0
*1
~ +6 (BASS and
TREBLE), RR9~0
*1
~FR9
(FADER), L9~0
*1
~R9
(BALANCE), Off/Low/Mid
*1
/
High (SVC)
Audio Source Pop-Up
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on or not when Audio is
selected on the HOME screen.
On/Off
*1
RDS INFO
Turns on and off the RDS information. On/Off
*1
FM mode
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book240ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
241
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Display
Adjustment
Display
Brightness
2 System P. 238
Contrast
Black Level
Color
Color
Changes the color of the audio/information
screen.
—
Tint
Changes the tint of the audio/information
screen.
—
Aspect Ratio Adjustment
Changes the aspect ratio and zoom settings of
the audio/information screen.
Normal/Full
*1
/Zoom
Change Bluetooth Audio Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Audio group as default.
Yes/No
iPod, Pandora, USB or CD mode
HDMI® mode
HDMI® mode
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book241ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
242
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock/Info
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
type
Clock
2 System P. 238
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Other Info Screen Preference Changes the Info Screen type. Info Top/Info Menu/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Info group as default.
Yes/No
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book242ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
243
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Phone
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 285
—
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone
*1
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off
*1
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. —
New Message
Notification
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone and Text/Email group as default.
Yes/No
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book243ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
244
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear Wide
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on
or not on the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come
on or not on the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Rear Wide Camera group as default.
Yes/No
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes
on when you move the turn signal lever to the
passenger side.
On
*1
/Off
Display Time after Turn
Signal Off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after you pull the turn signal
lever back.
0 second
*1
/2 seconds
Reference Lines
Selects whether the reference lines come on
the LaneWatch monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default.
Yes/No
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book244ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
245
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1: Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth
Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 278
—
Edit Pairing Code
Edits Pairing Code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 279
Random/Fixed
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth group as default.
Yes/No
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book245ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
246
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
u Repeat the procedure to select Others
tab, then Factory Data Reset.
u The confirmation message will appear.
4. Select Yes to reset the settings.
5. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
•
Audio preset settings
•
Phonebook entries
•
Other display and personal settings.
Models with display audio system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book246ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
247
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
See the navigation system manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/Back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Using HFL
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528 -7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528 -7876.
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls
*
on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 260
Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with color audio system
Microphone
(Talk) Button
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
Volume up
Volume down
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book247ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
248
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while
the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 260
■
HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Roam Status
Call Name
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 225
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book248ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
249
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
or
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Add New
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Call History
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to
store as a speed dial number.
Phone Number
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Display the paired phones’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book249ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
250
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Bluetooth SetupPhone Setup
Redial
*1
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Create a code for a paired phone.
Disconnect All Device
Delete Device
Pass-key
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the
system.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book250ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
251
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
Phonebook
Phone Number
Speed Dial
*1
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book251ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
252
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Fixed
Mobile Phone
System Clear
Ringtone
Select the ring tone stored in the connected
cell phone.
Name Priority
Number Priority
Caller ID Info Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries,
and security codes.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Select the ring tone stored in HFL.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book252ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
253
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book253ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
254
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To Change the currently paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a desired device name,
then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book254ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
255
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press
.
5. Input a new pairing code, then press .
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book255ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
256
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then
press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book256ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
257
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Fixed or Mobile
Phone, then press .
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Caller ID Info, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speakers.
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority: A caller’s name is displayed if it is
stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book257ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
258
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Pairing codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, all call
history data, and all imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select System Clear, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen. Press
.
■
To Clear the System
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book258ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
259
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Pager
Work
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book259ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
260
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
ha
Cha
nge
ngenge
nge
ge
nge
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
eed
eed
eed
eed
eed
eed
Di
a
l
Del
Del
Del
Dl
ete
ete
ete
t
Sp
Sp
Sp
S
eed
eed
eed
d
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
i
Di
Di
i
Di
i
l
al
a
a
a
a
al
a
a
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book260ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
261
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book261ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
262
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To change a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
Cha
nge
nge
nge
e
e
Sp
Sp
Sp
Sp
p
eed
eed
eed
ee
ee
Di
Di
Di
Di
Di
al
al
al
al
al
Del
Del
Del
Del
Del
eteeteete
ete
ete
Sp
SpSp
Sp
p
eedeedeed
eed
ee
Di Di
Di
Di
alal
al
al
al
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book262ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
263
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book263ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
264
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book264ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
265
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 248
2 Speed Dial P. 260
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 248
2 Speed Dial P. 260
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book265ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
266
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s call history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book266ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
267
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 260
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.Press the button and
follow the prompts.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book267ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
268
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming Call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate
to select the icon, then press .
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book268ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
269
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book269ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
270
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Features
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen, or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/Back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag, a phonebook,
name, or a number.
■
HFL Buttons
Models with display audio system
1Using HFL
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528 -7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth On/Off Status setting
must be On.
2 Customized Features P. 225
Voice control tips
•
Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook, name or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system's
VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio controls on
the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
VOL
HOME
MENU
BACK
Microphones
(Pick-up) Button
(Hang-up/Back) Button
Volume up
(Talk) Button
(MENU) Button
Volume down
SOURCE Button
/ Buttons
(MENU) Icon
(HOME) Icon
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book270ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
271
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Features
button: Press to display Speed Dial, Call History, or Redial on the Phone
screen.
/ button: Press to select an item displayed on the Phone screen.
SOURCE button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the Phone
screen.
To go to the Phone menu screen:
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Phone to switch the display to the Phone screen.
3. Select MENU.
1Using HFL
Up to six speed dial entries can be displayed among a
total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no entries
in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 285
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book271ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
272
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phone book names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 260
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 225
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book272ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
273
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w
*1
to use HFL.
■ Phone settings screen
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone Settings.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible mobile phone to the system while the
vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone Connect Phone
*2
Add Bluetooth Device
(Existing entry list)
*2
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Edit Device Name
Add Bluetooth Device
Bluetooth Device List
Delete This Device
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Edit a previously paired
phone name.
Pair a phone to the system.
Delete a previously paired
phone.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book273ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
274
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Edit Speed Dial
*1
New Entry
Delete All
Automatic Phone Sync
*1
Manual Input
HondaLink Assist
*1
Ring Tone
Import from Call History
Enter a phone number to
store as a speed dial number.
Select the ring tone.
Select a phone number from
the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from
the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
(Existing entry list) Edit Edit a previously stored speed
dial number.
●
Change a name.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.
Delete
Delete a previously stored
speed dial number.
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book274ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
275
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Text/Email
*1
Enable Text/Email
New Message Notification
Default
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.Select Account
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book275ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
276
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Phone menu screen
1. Press , or select HOME, then select
Phone.
2. Press (MENU) on the steering wheel, or
select MENU.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
New Entry Manual Input Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Phonebook
*1
(Existing entry list)
Import from Call History
Import from Phonebook
Select a phone number from the call history to store
as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store
as a speed dial number.
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Dial
*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book276ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
277
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
*1
All
Read/Stop System reads received message aloud, or stop
message from being read.
Text/Email
*1
Previous
Next
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Dialed
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Received
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Select Account
*
Select a mail or text message account.
Select a message.
Message is read aloud.
See the previous message.
See the next message.
Reply
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.
Call
Make a call to the sender.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book277ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
278
Features
■ To pair a mobile phone (when there is
no phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Phone not found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.This may vary by
phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system, the system will return to the
previous screen.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book278ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
279
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Changing the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the current phone and
starts searching for another paired
phone.
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Select HOME.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Fixed or Random.
1Changing the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Connect Phone screen.
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book279ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
280
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit an already-paired phone name
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a paired phone you want to edit.
5. Select Edit Device Name.
6. Edit the name and select OK.
7. A notification appears if the change is
successful.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book280ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
281
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a phone you want to delete.
5. Select Delete This Device.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Select Yes.
7. A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book281ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
282
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Text/Email tab, then Enable Text/
Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book282ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
283
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone is heard through the vehicle
speakers.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book283ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
284
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then Automatic Phone
Sync.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book284ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
285
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Speed Dial.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Select a place to choose a number.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Select Yes or
No.
5. Select Record to store a voice tag for the
speed dial entry.
u Using the button, follow the prompts
to store a voice tag for the speed dial
entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book285ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
286
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record to store the voice tag.
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book286ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
287
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the stored
voice tag name.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book287ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
288
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering letters.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 272
2 Speed Dial P. 285
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 272
2 Speed Dial P. 285
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book288ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
289
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 285
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book289ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
290
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
The available options appear on the screen during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to
your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the touch screen instead
of the and buttons.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the touch screen.
ᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁ
Mute Icon
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book290ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
291
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text or e-mail message.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 282
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book291ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
292
Features
If a paired phone has text or e-mail message accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Message or an e-mail message
account you want.
■
Selecting an E-mail Message Account
1Selecting an E-mail Message Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
Select
Account
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book292ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
293
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Previous
or Next on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book293ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
294
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 276
2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book294ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
295
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 293
2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 293
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Complete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book295ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
296
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Call.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book296ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
297
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition will be sent to the
operator; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
•
You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book297ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
298
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 273
2. Select Phone tab, then HondaLink Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
•
On: Notification is available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book298ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
299
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .............................. 300
Maximum Load Limit............................ 303
Towing a Trailer
Towing Your Vehicle ............................ 306
When Driving
Starting the Engine .............................. 309
Starting the Engine .............................. 311
Precautions While Driving..................... 315
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
.... 316
Shifting................................................ 317
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Continuously variable transmission models
without paddle shifters
Shifting................................................ 319
Shifting................................................ 323
ECON Button
*
..................................... 326
Cruise Control
*
................................... 327
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System ............... 330
LaneWatch
TM
*
...................................... 332
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .. 334
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ............. 336
Continuously variable transmission models
with paddle shifters
Manual transmission models
Braking
Brake System........................................338
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................340
Brake Assist System ..............................341
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped .....................................342
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................343
Refueling
Fuel Information ...................................345
How to Refuel ......................................346
Fuel Economy.........................................348
Improving Fuel Economy.......................348
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories...........................................349
Modifications .......................................349
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book299ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
300
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 382
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book300ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
301
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 303
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat
*
.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 99
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 133
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 135
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 131
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 130
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area, have the aiming
readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book301ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
302
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 70
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book302ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
303
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 430
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 430
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book303ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
304
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book304ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
305
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book305ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
306
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motorhome. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 426
Your vehicle can be towed behind a motorhome.
Perform the following procedure before towing your vehicle.
1. Shift to (N.
2. Release the parking brake.
3. Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q
*1
.
u Make sure the steering wheel does not lock.
4. Turn off all the electric devices. Do not use any accessory power sockets.
u This can prevent the battery from running down.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
When Your Vehicle is Towed Behind a Motorhome
1Towing Your Vehicle
Do not exceed 65 mph (100 km/h).
Consult your towing parts sales or rental agency if
any other items are recommended or required for
your towing situation.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book306ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
307
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
■ Extended Towing
If you tow more than eight hours in one day, you should repeat the “before towing
your vehicle procedure” at least every eight hours.
You also need to perform the following procedure to prevent the battery from
running down.
1. Remove the 20 A accessory power socket
and 7.5 A ACC fuses. These fuses are
located in the interior fuse box.
2 Interior Fuse Boxes P. 423
2. Remove the 15 A Back up fuse. This fuse is
located in the engine compartment fuse
box.
2 Engine Compartment Fuse Box P. 421
3. Store the fuses in a safe place so you do not
lose them.
u Make sure to reinstall the fuses before
you start driving your vehicle.
4. Shift to
(N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q.
u Make sure the steering wheel does not
lock.
1Towing Your Vehicle
Make sure to reinstall the fuses before you start
driving your vehicle.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
15 A Back Up Fuse
Interior Fuse Box
20 A Accessory
Power Socket Fuse
7.5 A ACC fuse
Models without smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book307ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
308
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
1. Remove the 20 A accessory power socket and 7.5 A ACC fuses. These fuses are located in the
interior fuse box.
2 Interior Fuse Boxes P. 423
2. Remove the 15 A Back up fuse. This fuse is located in the engine compartment fuse box.
2 Engine Compartment Fuse Box P. 421
3. Store the fuses in a safe place so you do not lose them.
u Make sure to reinstall the fuses before you start driving your vehicle.
4. Push the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal.
u The indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button blinks.
5. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/STOP button with the H logo on the smart entry remote
while the indicator is blinking.
u The indicator stop blinking, then stays on.
6. Shift to
(N.
7. Push the ENGINE START/STOP button once without depressing the clutch pedal.
u Make sure the steering wheel does not lock.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
15 A Back Up Fuse
Interior Fuse Box
20 A Accessory
Power Socket Fuse
7.5 A ACC fuse
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book308ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
309
Continued
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(N. Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
Models without smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling
*
system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Brake Pedal
Continuously variable transmission models
Brake Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book309ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
310
Driving
3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 338
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Depress the clutch pedal, and shift to one of the forward gears when facing uphill,
or
(R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever to
(D, (S, or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START
(e for more than 15
seconds.
•
If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
•
If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 110
■
Starting to Drive
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book310ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
311
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Continued
Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(N. Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
Models with smart entry system
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling system/climate control system, and rear
defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 110
Brake Pedal
Continuously variable transmission models
Brake Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book311ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
312
Driving
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 410
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.
ENGINE
START
STOP
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book312ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
313
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Continued
Driving
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to
(P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• If the shift lever is in
(N, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• If the shift lever is in any gear other than (N, depress the clutch pedal, then press
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 338
2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■
Stopping the Engine
■
Starting to Drive
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book313ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
314
Driving
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Depress the clutch pedal, and shift to one of the forward gears when facing uphill,
or
(R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever to
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book314ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
315
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Continued
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
■
In Rain
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under
these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY
(q or
LOCK
(0
*1
while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in
(N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE
START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book315ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission
*
316
Driving
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Continuously Variable Transmission
*
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Other Precautions
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
•
Parking the vehicle by a parking block
•
Parallel parking along the road shoulder
•
Driving towards the bottom of a hill
•
Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
•
Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
•
Driving on a road with potholes.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book316ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
317
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Continuously variable transmission models without paddle shifters
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used for normal driving
Drive (S)
Used:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
Release Button
Low
●
Used to further increase engine braking
●
Used when going up or down hills
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book317ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
318
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator blinks when driving, in
any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is pressed.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Depress the brake pedal and press
the shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book318ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
319
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Continuously variable transmission models with paddle shifters
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used:
●
For normal driving
●
When temporarily driving in the
7-speed manual shift mode
Release Button
Drive (S)
Used for:
●
For better acceleration
●
To increase engine braking
●
When going up or down hills
●
When driving in the 7-speed manual
shift mode
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book319ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
320
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator blinks when driving, in
any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is pressed.
Depress the brake pedal first.
M (7-Speed Manual Shift Mode)
Indicator/Shift Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Depress the brake pedal and press
the shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.
Shift Lever Position Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book320ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
321
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th speeds without removing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission switches to the 7-speed
manual shift mode when you pull a paddle shifter while driving. This mode is useful
when engine braking is needed.
■ When the shift lever is in (D:
The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode temporarily, and the
number is displayed in the shift indicator.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is canceled automatically if you drive at constant
speed or accelerate, and the number in the shift indicator goes off.
You can cancel this mode by pulling the paddle shifter for a few seconds.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is especially useful when reducing the vehicle speed
temporarily before making a turn.
■ When the shift lever is in (S:
The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode. The M indicator and the
speed number are displayed in the shift indicator. As the vehicle speed slows down,
the transmission automatically shifts down accordingly. When the vehicle comes to
a stop, it automatically shifts down into 1st.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up.
You can only pull away in 1st speed.
When canceling the 7-speed manual shift mode, move the shift lever from
(S to
(D. When the 7-speed manual shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and shift
indicator go off.
■
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode
17-Speed Manual Shift Mode
To improve fuel economy, the transmission may shift
up to a higher speed than the seventh under certain
circumstances. In this case, the number in the shift
indicator remains as 7.
In the 7-speed manual shift mode, the transmission
shifts up or down by operating either paddle shifter
under the following conditions:
Shift Up: The engine speed reaches the lowest
threshold of the higher speed position.
Shift Down: The engine speed reaches the highest
threshold of the lower speed position.
When the engine speed reaches near the
tachometer’s red zone, the transmission shifts up
automatically.
When the engine speed reaches the lowest threshold
of the selected speed position, the transmission shifts
down automatically.
Operating the paddle shifters on slippery surfaces
may cause the tires to lock up. In this case, the 7-
speed manual shift mode is canceled and goes back
to the normal D driving mode.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book321ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
322
Driving
■
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation
17-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single speed
change.
To change continuously, release the paddle shifter
before pulling it again for the next speed.
Recommended Shift Points
Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel
economy and effective emission control.
The shift indicator blinks when you cannot shift up or
down. It indicates that your vehicle speed is not in its
allowable shifting range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
The shift indicator may also blink when you cannot
shift down while driving in low speed. This prevents
the transmission from being damaged.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1 to 2 15 mph (24 km/h)
2 to 3 25 mph (40 km/h)
3 to 4 40 mph (64 km/h)
4 to 5 45 mph (72 km/h)
5 to 6 50 mph (80 km/h)
6 to 7 55 mph (89 km/h)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter
(Changes to higher speed
number)
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter (Changes
to lower speed number)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book322ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
323
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then
slowly release the pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into
(R, or
shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they do not
“grind.”
■
Shift Lever Operation
Manual transmission models
1Shifting
NOTICE
Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a
complete stop.
Shifting to
(R before stopping can damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not
go into the tachometer’s red zone. Should this occur,
it can severely damage your engine.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book323ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
324
Driving
When you are not shifting, do not rest your
foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your
clutch to wear out faster.
1Shifting
Recommended Shift Points
Driving in the highest gear that allows the engine to
run and accelerate smoothly helps to optimize fuel
economy and effective emissions control. The
following shift points are recommended:
If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you
are in, the engine speed will enter into the
tachometer’s red zone. When this happens, you may
experience a slight jolt.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd 16 mph (26 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 26 mph (42 km/h)
3rd to 4th 35 mph (56 km/h)
4th to 5th 41 mph (66 km/h)
5th to 6th 43 mph (69 km/h)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book324ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
325
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally
shifting into (R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving above a certain
speed.
If you cannot shift to
(R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following:
1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift
lever all the way to the left, and shift to (R.
2. If you still cannot shift into
(R, apply the
parking brake, and turn the ignition switch
to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0
*1
.
3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into
(R.
4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start
the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you
have to go through this procedure repeatedly.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Reverse Lockout
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book325ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
326
uuWhen DrivinguECON Button
*
Driving
ECON Button
*
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on
and off. The ECON mode helps you improve
your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine, transmission,
heating and cooling system
*
/climate control
system
*
, and cruise control
*
.
1ECON Button
*
While in ECOM mode, the climate control system has
greater temperature fluctuations.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book326ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
327
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in ECON mode, it may take relatively more time
to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
When the engine speed slows down, try to
downshift.
You can maintain the set speed if you change gear
within five seconds.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
■
Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
Continuously variable transmission models
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■
Press the
CRUISE
button on the
steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book327ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
328
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the -/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the -/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
-/SET Button
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
On
On
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book328ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
329
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or -/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or
more.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the -/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CRUISE Button
CANCEL
Button
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book329ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
330
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book330ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
331
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partically turn the VSA features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allows the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® OFF Button
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book331ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
332
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
*
Is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear areas
displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to the
passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these areas
and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use of the
passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience while
driving.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
•
Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
•
Your tires are over or under inflated.
•
Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
The system activates when you:
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information
screen.
Move the turn
signal lever to the
passenger side.
Press the
LaneWatch
button.
The system deactivates when you:
Pull the turn signal
lever back.
Press the LaneWatch
button again.
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book332ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
333
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Driving
■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the length of time the
LaneWatch display stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Next Maneuver Pop up
*
: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the
navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.
• Display: Adjusts display settings.
2 Customized Features P. 225
■ Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in
(R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
•
The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of
debris.
•
Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close
to your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually
confirm the safety of a lane change before changing
lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
•
The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
•
The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book333ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
334
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 382
Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
The shift lever is in
(N.
•
The shift lever is in
(P.
•
The ignition switch is in ON
(w
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
TPMS Calibration
U.S. models only
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 382
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
•
You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
•
You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
•
Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
•
A compact spare tire is used.
•
There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
the condition at calibration.
•
Snow chains are used.
Manual transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
All models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book334ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
335
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Press and hold the TPMS button until the low
tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks twice,
indicating the calibration process has begun.
• If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator does
not blink, confirm the above conditions
then press and hold the TPMS button again.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1TPMS Calibration
•
TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is
installed.
•
The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
•
During this period, if the ignition is turned on
*1
and
the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
may notice the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on briefly. This is normal and indicates that
the calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
TPMS Button
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book335ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
336
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book336ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
337
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book337ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
338
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.
To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book338ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
339
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at the front, and drum brakes in the rear
wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal.
The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake
pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you
retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 341
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 340
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear/speed position. With manual transmission
use a lower gear for greater engine braking.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book339ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
340
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•
When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book340ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
341
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
■
Brake Assist System
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book341ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
342
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from
(D to (P.
3. Move the shift lever to
(R.
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
Continuously variable transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book342ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
343
Continued
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
See the Navigation System Manual.
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to a rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 225, P. 232
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into
(R.
Off: guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guidelines
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Guidelines
Bumper
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Camera
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book343ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
344
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display.
Press the LIST/SELECT (selector) knob to switch the angle.
Touch the appropriate icon to switch the angle.
: Wide view
: Normal view
: Top down view
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you shift into (R. If Top View is last used before you turned off the engine,
Wide mode is selected next time you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
and shift
to (R.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
Models with color audio system
Models with display audio system
All models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book344ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
345
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 10.6 US gal (40 liters)
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book345ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
346
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Fuel Fill Door
Release Handle
Pull
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book346ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
347
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
Cap
Cap
Holder
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book347ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
348
Driving
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter
Kilometers L per 100 km
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book348ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
349
Driving
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 421
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book349ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
350
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book350ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
351
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 352
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 353
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 354
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 355
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 359
Opening the Hood ........................... 360
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 361
Oil Check......................................... 362
Adding Engine Oil............................ 363
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter..... 364
Engine Coolant................................ 366
Transmission Fluid............................ 368
Brake Fluid....................................... 369
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 370
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 371
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 378
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 382
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 383
Tire Labeling .................................... 383
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)...... 385
Wear Indicators................................ 387
Tire Service Life................................ 387
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 388
Tire Rotation.................................... 389
Winter Tires ..................................... 390
Battery............................................... 391
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 393
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate
Control System
*
Maintenance....... 395
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 396
Exterior Care.................................... 398
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book351ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
352
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 369
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 382
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 371
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 378
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 357
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 439
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book352ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
353
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book353ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
354
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book354ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
355
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display every time you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Press the (select/reset) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.
The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Displaying the Engine Oil Life
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
00
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book355ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
356
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To switch the display, press the (select/reset) knob.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder Indicator
The engine oil life indicator starts
to appear along with other due
soon maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life.
Starts to come on when the
remaining engine oil life becomes
15 percent.
It goes off when the display is
switched.
The SERVICE message also starts
to appear along with the engine oil
life indicator and the maintenance
item codes.
The engine oil has almost reached
the end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)
or 10 km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the display
blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced
immediately.
Stays on as a reminder even when
the display is switched.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book356ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
357
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder Message
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book357ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
358
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w
*1
.
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly
pressing the (select/reset) knob.
3. Press and hold the knob for ten seconds
or more.
u The engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item codes blink.
4. Press the knob for five seconds or more.
u The displayed maintenance items
disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book358ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
359
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Radiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book359ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
360
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Pull up the hood latch lever in the center of
the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Hood Release Handle
Lever
Support
Rod
Grip
Clamp
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book360ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
361
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
0W-20
Ambient Temperature
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book361ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
362
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book362ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
363
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book363ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
364
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the Maintenance Minder message on
the information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the bolts and clips on the
undercarriage and remove the under
cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Under
Cover
Bolt
Clip
Washer
Drain Bolt
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book364ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
365
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
3.5 US qt (3.3 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book365ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
366
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s coolant system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book366ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
367
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book367ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
368
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
■
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
■
Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF)
Continuously variable transmission models
1Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids
Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may
adversely affect the operation and durability of your
vehicle's transmission, and damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda's
new vehicle warranty.
Manual transmission models
1Manual Transmission Fluid
If Honda MTF is not available, you may use the API
certificated SAE 0 W-20 or 5 W-20 viscosity motor oil
as a temporary measure.
Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does
not contain the proper additives for the transmission
and continued use can cause decreased shifting
performance and lead to transmission damage.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book368ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
369
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
The brake fluid reservoir is also used for your
vehicle’s clutch fluid. As long as you keep the
brake fluid level as instructed above, there is
no need for checking the clutch fluid level.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
We recommend using the specified brake fluid. If the
specified brake fluid is not available, you should use
only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as
a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.
MIN
MAX
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book369ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
370
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by
looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, the washer level
indicator comes on.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the window washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the window
washer pump.
Window Washer
Reservoir
Models without washer level sensor
Models with washer level sensor
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book370ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
371
Continued
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the coupler.
2. Remove the rubber weather seal.
3. Remove the hold-down wire, then remove
the bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
High/Low beam headlight: 60/55 W (H4/HB2 for halogen bulb type)
■
High/Low Beam Headlight
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area, have the aiming
readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Rubber Weather Seal
Coupler
Hold-Down
Wire
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book371ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
372
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking Light Bulbs
Maintenance
5. Reinstall the hold-down wire. Hook the end
of the wire on the knob in the slot.
u You can see if the hold-down wire is in
the right place from the inspection
window.
6. Reinstall the rubber weather seal.
7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Front Turn Signal/Parking Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
2. Push in the old bulb, rotate to the left until
it unlocks, and remove.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Hold-Down Wire
Inspection Window
Front Turn Signal/Parking Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
Bulb
Socket
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book372ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
373
uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Marker Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Loosen the screw using a Phillips-head
screwdriver.
2. Remove the screw, then push up the under
cover.
Side Marker Light: 3CP
Bulb
Socket
Fog Light: 35W (H8 LL for halogen bulb type)
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Cover
Screw
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book373ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
374
uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it to the right.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs
*
Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Tab
Bulb
Coupler
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book374ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
375
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Back-Up Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
2. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
5. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Bolt
Bulb
Socket
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book375ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
376
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Tail/Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Brake/Tail/Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
Brake/tail/rear side marker light bulbs are the LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light Bulb
High-mount brake light bulb is a LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book376ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
377
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Push the lens on the left and pull out the
lens and the socket attached to it.
2. Remove the license plate light assembly by
squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Lens
Bulb
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book377ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
378
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the blade
from the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Lock Tab
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book378ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
379
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
3. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the blade should fit in the
indent of the top of the wiper holder.
5. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm
securely.
6. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Tab
Blade
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book379ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
380
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Pivot up the bottom end of the wiper blade
until it comes off from the wiper arm.
3. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper blade; it may damage the
rear window.
Wiper Arm
Blade
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book380ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
381
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
5. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
Retainers
Holder
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book381ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
382
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 387
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 334
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
U.S. models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book382ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
383
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
185/55R16 83H
185: Tire width in millimeters.
55: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
83: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book383ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
384
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book384ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
385
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book385ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
386
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book386ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
387
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book387ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
388
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
and hill start assist to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book388ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
389
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the Maintenance Minder message on the information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 334
Front
Direction Mark
U.S. models
Front
Front
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book389ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
390
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1026
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book390ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
391
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal. If
there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on the information display
will let you know. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 166
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 88
• The navigation system
*
is disabled.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book391ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
392
uuBatteryuCharging the Battery
Maintenance
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry
the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help
prevent future corrosion.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book392ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
393
Continued
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver.
2. Open the remote transmitter.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Keys with Remote Transmitter
*
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Screw
Battery type: CR1620
Battery
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book393ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
394
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Smart Entry Remote
*
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book394ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
395
Maintenance
Heating and Cooling System
*
/Climate Control System
*
Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
is equipped with a dust
and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The
Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system
*
/
climate control system
*
deteriorates noticeably, and
the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book395ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
396
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loop of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Loop
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book396ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
397
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■
Floor Mats
*
1Floor Mats
*
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book397ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
398
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Remove the audio antenna.
2 Audio Antenna P. 165
• Fold in the door mirrors.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents.
It can cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book398ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
399
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
*
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book399ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
400
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drop building
up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lens
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book400ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
401
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 402
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 403
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 409
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak .......410
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 411
Jump Starting.................................... 412
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 414
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 415
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 417
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 417
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks..................................... 418
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On...................................................... 419
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 419
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 420
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 421
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 425
Emergency Towing........................... 426
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
..... 427
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book401ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
403
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Move the shift lever to
(P.
2. Move the shift lever to
(R.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0
*1
.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model.
Do not use them with another vehicle.
Do not use another type of compact spare tire or
wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
All models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book403ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
404
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the cargo area.
Take the wheel nut wrench, jack handle bar
and jack out of the tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Floor Lid
Tool Case
Jack
Spare Tire
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book404ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
405
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
6. Put the flat tip of the jack handle bar into
the edge of the wheel cover. Carefully pry
the edge and remove the cover.
u Wrap a cloth around the flat tip of the
jack handle bar to prevent scratches on
the cover.
7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut
Wheel
Cover
Models with wheel cover
All models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book405ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
406
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket as shown in the image
until the top of the jack contacts the jacking
point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
their shape may not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book406ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Continued
407
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, and stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
Make sure the wire support ring is hooked into the
clips around the edge of the wheel cover.
Align the valve mark on the wheel cover to the tire
valve on the wheel, then install the wheel cover.
Models with wheel cover
ClipsClips
Valve Mark
Wheel
Nut
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book407ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
408
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the wheel nut wrench, jack
handle bar and jack back in the tool case.
Store the case in the cargo area under the
cargo floor lid.
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 334
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
Make sure the wire support ring is on the outer side
of the tire valve as shown.
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Models with wheel cover
Wire Support Ring
Tire Valve
For full-size
tire
For compact
spare tire
Wing Bolt
Spacer
Cone
Models with aluminum wheels
All models
■
TPMS and the Spare Tire
U.S. models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book408ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
409
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 391
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 421
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 309, P. 311
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 110
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 85
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 425
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 426
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 412
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book409ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
410
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,
and the engine won’t start.
Start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal (continuously
variable transmission) or clutch pedal
(manual transmission) and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator stays on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Models with smart entry system
ENGINE
START
STOP
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book410ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
411
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place. With manual transmission models you can also downshift the
transmission to utilize engine braking.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift lever to
(P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal.
The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
Models with smart entry system
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.
Continuously variable transmission models
Canadian continuously variable transmission models
Manual transmission models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book411ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
412
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
u Remove the cover from the under-hood
fuse box.
2 Engine Compartment Fuse Box P. 421
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u Connect when using the automotive
battery charger to boost your 12-volt
battery, select a lower charging voltage
than 15-volt. Check the charger manual
for the proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the stud bolt as shown. Do
not connect this jumper cable to any other
part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster
Battery
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book412ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
413
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s stud bolt.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book413ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
414
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Continuously variable transmission models
Slot
Cover
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
All models
Release Button
Shift Lock
Release Slot
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book414ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
415
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator (red) comes on or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book415ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
416
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the high temperature
indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the high temperature
indicator.
If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving. If it stays on, contact a dealer
for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
MAX
Reserve Tank
MIN
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book416ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
417
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 362
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling system
*
/climate control system
*
, rear
defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer
for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book417ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
418
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
ten minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.
■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described
above.
■
Check Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book418ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
419
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book419ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
420
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
U.S. models
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book420ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
421
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
■ Fuse box A
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Headlight Low Beam Main 20 A
2 CDC
*
(30 A)
3 Hazard 10 A
4 DBW 15 A
5 Wiper (30 A)
6 Stop 10 A
7 IGP 15 A
8 IG Coil 15 A
9 ECP
*
(10 A)
10 INJ (20 A)
11 – –
12 Main Fan 30 A
13 Starter SW (30 A)
14 MG Clutch 7.5 A
15 Battery Sensor (7.5 A)
16 – –
17 Daytime Running Lights (7.5 A)
18 Horn 10 A
19 Fog Light
*
(15 A)
20 – –
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Circuit Protected Amps
21 Back Up Main 15 A
22 Interior Lights 7.5 A
23 Sub Fan (30 A)
24 – –
25 Smart Entry Auto Start
*
(7.5 A)
26 ST MG (7.5 A)
27 – –
28 – –
29 Back Up (10 A)
30 IGP LAF (10 A)
31 IGPS (7.5 A)
32 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
33 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book421ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
422
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box B
Tab
a
b c d
Pull up the cover on the + terminal, then
remove it while pulling out the tab as
shown.
Replacement of engine compartment fuses
should be done by a dealer.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a Battery Main 100 A
b RB Main 1 70 A
c RB Main 2 80 A
d CAP Main 70 A
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book422ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
423
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box A
Located behind the instrument panel.
Fuse locations are shown on the label under
the steering column.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Interior Fuse Boxes
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Door Lock (20 A)
2 – –
3 Smart
*
(10 A)
4 Driver Side Door Unlock 15 A
5
Passenger Side Door Unlock
15 A
6 Driver Door Unlock (10 A)
7 Driver Door Lock (10 A)
8 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
9 Passenger’s Power Window 20 A
10 Rear Left Power Window 20 A
11 Rear Right Power Window 20 A
12 Driver Side Door Lock 15 A
13 Passenger Side Door Lock 15 A
14 – –
15 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
16 STS
*
(7.5 A)
17 ACC Socket (Console
*
) (20 A)
18 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
19 Front Seat Heater
*
(20 A)
20 – –
Circuit Protected Amps
21 – –
22 Washer 15 A
23 Rear Wiper (10 A)
24 A/C 7.5 A
25 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
26 Starter Cut 7.5 A
27 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
28 SRS 10 A
29 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
30 ACG 10 A
31 Power Window 10 A
32 Fuel Pump 15 A
33 SRS 7.5 A
34 Meter 7.5 A
35 Mission SOL 7.5 A
36 Front ACC Socket 20 A
37 ACC 7.5 A
38 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
39 Option (10 A)
40 Rear Wiper 10 A
41 − −
42 − −
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book423ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
424
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box B
Remove the cover by putting the flat-tip
screwdriver into the side slot as shown.
Cover
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
IG Main
30 A
*1
50 A
*2
Fuse Box Main 2 50 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
Fuse Box Main 1 30 A
Fuse Box Main 3 40 A
2
––
––
––
––
––
––
*1: Models with smart entry system
*2: Models without smart entry system
Circuit Protected Amps
3 Heater 30 A
4
*1
IG Main 2 30 A
4
*2
––
5 ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
6Deicer(10 A)
7 – –
8– –
9 Small Light 10 A
10 ACC Socket (Console)
*
(20 A)
11 Rear Defogger 30 A
12
*1
−−
12
*2
ACC Key Lock (7.5 A)
13 Heated Door Mirror
*
(10 A)
14 A/C Blower SW (7.5 A)
15
*1
– –
15
*2
Wiper 30 A
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book424ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
425
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0
*1
. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Check the fuses on the battery in the
engine compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by a
dealer.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
5. Check the large fuse in the vehicle interior.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
Fuse Locations.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Fuse Box on the Battery
Blown
Fuse Puller
Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book425ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
426
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book426ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
427
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the lid as shown in
the image, and open the lid.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the right.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Lid
Lever
Models with smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book427ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
428
uuWhen You Cannot Open the Tailgateu
Handling the Unexpected
2. Slide the lever to unlock the tailgate.
3. Open the tailgate.
Lever
Models without smart entry system
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book428ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
429
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 430
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 432
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 433
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 434
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 435
Warranty Coverages ........................ 437
Authorized Manuals......................... 439
Customer Service Information......... 440
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book429ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
430
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
Model Fit
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
*1
U.S.: 3,362 lbs (1,525 kg)
*4
3,422 lbs (1,552 kg)
*5
3,437 lbs (1,559 kg)
*6
Canada: 1,517 kg
*3
1,524 kg
*4
1,555 kg
*5
1,563 kg
*6
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
*2
U.S.: 3,393 lbs (1,539 kg)
*4
3,479 lbs (1,578 kg)
*5
3,491 lbs (1,583 kg)
*6
Canada: 1,537 kg
*3
1,543 kg
*4
1,577 kg
*5
1,583 kg
*6
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
*1
U.S.: 1,770 lbs (803 kg)
*4
1,796 lbs (814 kg)
*5
1,801 lbs (817 kg)
*6
Canada: 798 kg
*3
802 kg
*4
816 kg
*5
819 kg
*6
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
*1
U.S.: 1,592 lbs (722 kg)
*4
1,626 lbs (738 kg)
*5
1,636 lbs (742 kg)
*6
Canada: 719 kg
*3
722 kg
*4
739 kg
*5
744 kg
*6
*1: Manual transmission models
*2: Continuously variable transmission models
*3: DX
*4: LX
*5: EX
*6: EX-L
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
*2
U.S.: 1,813 lbs (823 kg)
*4
1,854 lbs (841 kg)
*5
1,857 lbs (842 kg)
*6
Canada: 821 kg
*3
825 kg
*4
840 kg
*5
842 kg
*6
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
*2
U.S.: 1,579 lbs (715 kg)
*4
1,625 lbs (737 kg)
*5
1,634 lbs (741 kg)
*6
Canada: 716 kg
*3
718 kg
*4
737 kg
*5
741 kg
*6
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL8
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
■ Light Bulbs
Displacement 91.4 cu-in (1,498 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK DILZKAR7C11S
DENSO DXE22HCR11S
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 10.6 US gal (40 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Headlights (High/Low Beam) 60/55W (H4/HB2)
Fog Lights
*
35W (H8 LL)
Side Marker Lights 3CP
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights 28/8W (Amber)
Brake/Tail/Side Marker Lights LED
Back-Up Lights 21W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Side Turn Signal Lights LED
Rear License Plate Lights 5W
Cargo Area Light 5W
Interior Lights
Map Lights 8W
Ceiling Light 8W
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book430ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
431
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
*
■ Manual Transmission Fluid
*
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
Capacity Change 3.6 US qt (3.4 L)
Specified Honda Manual Transmission Fluid
Capacity Change 1.5 US qt (1.4 L)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
*1: Continuously variable transmission models
*2: Manual transmission models
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 3.3 US qt (3.1 L)
Change
including
filter
3.5 US qt (3.3 L)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
0.999 US gal (3.78 L)
*1
(change including the remaining
0.111 US gal (0.42 L) in the reserve tank)
0.999 US gal (3.78 L)
*2
(change including the remaining
0.111 US gal (0.42 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: LX, Canadian DX
*2: EX, EX-L
Regular
Size
185/60R15 84T
*1
185/55R16 83H
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
Front 33 (230 [2.3])
Rear
33 (230 [2.3])
*1
32 (220 [2.2])
*2
Compact
Spare
Size T135/80D15 99M
Pressure
psi (kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
15 x 6J
*1
16 x 6J
*2
Compact Spare 15 x 4T
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book431ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
432
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle's VIN, engine number and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification NumberEngine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number
Manual Transmission Number
Continuously Variable Transmission
Number
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book432ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
433
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in
operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/251/310.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Smart Entry System
Remote Transmitter
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book433ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
434
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book434ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
435
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle’s emissions components
are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON
(w
*1
, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P (continuously variable transmission) or (N (manual
transmission). Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about
three minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book435ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
436
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D (automatic) or 5th (manual). Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows,
drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may
vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds
because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two
more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book436ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
437
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions
control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty –
these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage,
and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact
information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by
a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for rust-
through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts against
defects in materials and workmanship.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book437ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
438
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as
the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book438ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
439
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners:
Manuals be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone
at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book439ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
440
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Honda Customer Services.
U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number P. 432
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book440ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
441
uuCustomer Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora application
installed on your mobile device. (Visit the
Apple iTunes® store or Google Play
Marketplace to download the latest
version.)
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.
• Android devices must be connected to
the vehicle via Bluetooth, iPhone® devices
may be connected via Bluetooth or USB.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
*
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying songs, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
* Not available on all models
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book441ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
442
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book442ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
Index
443
Index
Index
Numbers
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode ................... 321
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 340
Accessories and Modifications ................ 349
Accessory Power Socket........................... 149
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 366
Engine Oil ............................................... 361
Washer ................................................... 370
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 361
Adjusting
Front Seats.............................................. 133
Head Restraints....................................... 135
Headlights .............................................. 371
Mirrors.................................................... 131
Rear Seats............................................... 140
Steering Wheel ....................................... 130
Adjusting the Sound................................ 196
Air Conditioning System
Climate Control System .......................... 157
Defrosting the Windshield
and Windows....................................... 158
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 395
Air Conditioning System
(Heating and Cooling System)
Cooling ................................................... 156
Defrosting the Windshield
and Windows ....................................... 156
Heating ................................................... 155
Heating and Cooling System.................... 154
Air Pressure ....................................... 383, 431
Airbags ........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
Airbag Care............................................... 53
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Indicator.............................................. 51, 73
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 52
Sensors...................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 48
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 50
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 340
Indicator.................................................... 73
Armrest ..................................................... 143
Audio Remote Controls............................ 167
Audio System............................................ 162
Adjusting the Sound................................ 174
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 164
Error Messages........................................ 218
General Information ................................ 222
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 184, 209
Recommended CDs................................. 222
Recommended Devices............................ 224
Remote Controls ................................. 5, 167
Security Code.......................................... 166
Theft Protection ...................................... 166
USB Flash Drives...................................... 224
USB Port(s) .............................................. 163
Audio/Information Screen ............... 170, 191
Authorized Manuals ................................ 439
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 103
Customize............................................... 104
Automatic Climate Control Sensors ........ 160
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 164
Average Fuel Economy .............................. 84
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book443ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
444
Index
B
Battery....................................................... 391
Charging System Indicator ................. 71, 417
Jump Starting .......................................... 412
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 391
Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 393
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 32
Beverage Holders...................................... 147
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 247
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 65
Brake System............................................. 338
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 340
Brake Assist System ................................. 341
Fluid ........................................................ 369
Foot Brake ............................................... 339
Indicator ............................................ 70, 419
Parking Brake .......................................... 338
Brake System Indicator............................... 70
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 128
Bulb Replacement..................................... 371
Back-Up Light and Rear Turn Signal
Lights.................................................... 375
Brake/Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights ........... 376
Fog Lights................................................ 373
Headlights ............................................... 371
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 376
Rear License Plate Light............................ 377
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights.................................................... 374
Bulb Specifications.................................... 430
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 66
Cargo Area Cover ..................................... 152
Cargo Floor Box........................................ 148
Carrying Cargo ................................. 301, 303
CD Player................................................... 178
Certification Label.................................... 432
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 371
Charging System Indicator................. 71, 417
Child Safety................................................. 54
Childproof Door Locks............................. 102
Child Seat.................................................... 54
Booster Seats ............................................ 65
Child Seat for Infants................................. 56
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 57
Installing a Child Seat with
a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ......................... 61
Larger Children ......................................... 64
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 56
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 58
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 102
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 398
Cleaning the Interior................................ 396
Climate Control System............................ 157
Clock............................................................ 88
Coat Hook ................................................ 150
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 403, 431
Console Compartment............................. 146
Continuously Variable Transmission....... 316
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode ................... 321
Creeping................................................. 316
Fluid ....................................................... 368
Kickdown ............................................... 316
Operating the Shift Lever .......... 20, 318, 320
Shift Lever Does Not Move...................... 414
Shifting........................................... 317, 319
Controls ...................................................... 87
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 366
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 367
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 366
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 74
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 74
Overheating............................................ 415
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Transmission).......................................... 316
Cruise Control .......................................... 327
Indicator ................................................... 79
Cup Holders.............................................. 147
Customer Service Information ................ 440
Customized Features ............................... 225
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book444ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
445
Index
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 125
Dead Battery ............................................ 412
Defrosting the Windshield
and Windows ........................................ 156
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 433
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 121
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 131
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 362
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 121
Display Setup.................................... 175, 197
Door Mirrors............................................. 131
Doors .......................................................... 90
Auto Door Locking.................................. 103
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 103
Door and Tailgate Open Indicator ....... 31, 75
Keys.......................................................... 90
Locking/Unlocking the Doors
from the Inside....................................... 99
Locking/Unlocking the Doors
from the Outside.................................... 93
Lockout Prevention System ....................... 98
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 385
Driving ...................................................... 299
Braking ................................................... 338
Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 316
Cruise Control ........................................ 327
Shifting Gear .......................... 317, 319, 323
Starting the Engine ......................... 309, 311
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 395
E
ECON Button............................................. 326
ECON Mode Indicator ................................ 78
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 75, 419
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 330
Emergency ................................................ 426
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 435
Engine
Coolant ................................................... 366
Jump Starting .......................................... 412
Number................................................... 432
Oil ........................................................... 361
Starting ........................................... 309, 311
Switch Buzzer.......................................... 116
Engine Coolant ......................................... 366
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 367
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 366
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 74
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 74
Overheating ............................................ 415
Engine Oil ................................................. 361
Adding .................................................... 363
Checking................................................. 362
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 355
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 71, 417
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 361
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System .............................................. 75, 419
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(Carbon Monoxide) ................................. 66
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 398
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 131
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book445ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
446
Index
F
Features..................................................... 161
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 395
Oil ........................................................... 364
Flat Tire ..................................................... 403
Floor Mats ................................................. 397
Fluids
Brake....................................................... 369
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 368
Engine Coolant........................................ 366
Manual Transmission ............................... 368
Windshield Washer.................................. 370
FM/AM Radio ............................................ 176
Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 77
Folding Down the Rear Seats................... 141
Foot Brake................................................. 339
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 44
Front Seats ................................................ 133
Adjusting................................................. 133
Fuel...................................................... 21, 345
Economy ................................................. 348
Gauge....................................................... 85
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73
Recommendation .................................... 345
Refueling........................................... 21, 345
Fuel Economy ........................................... 348
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 21, 347
Message.................................................. 418
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 21, 346
Fuses.......................................................... 421
Inspecting and Changing......................... 425
Locations................................................. 421
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 348
Gauge ...................................................... 85
Information............................................. 345
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 73
Refueling ................................................ 345
Gauges........................................................ 82
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Continuously Variable
Transmission ................................ 317, 319
Manual Transmission .............................. 324
Glass (care) ....................................... 396, 399
Glove Box ................................................. 146
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book446ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
447
Index
H
Halogen Bulbs .................................. 371, 373
Handling the Unexpected ....................... 401
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) .............................. 247
Menus .................................................... 249
Phone Setup ................................... 253, 278
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Head Restraints ........................................ 135
Headlights ................................................ 121
Aiming.................................................... 371
Dimming......................................... 121, 125
Operating ............................................... 121
Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 129
Heating and Cooling System ................... 154
Cooling................................................... 156
Defrosting the Windshield
and Windows....................................... 156
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 395
Heating................................................... 155
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) .............................. 247
High-Beam Indicator.................................. 77
Hill Start Assist System..................... 310, 314
I
Identification Numbers ............................ 432
Engine and Transmission ......................... 432
Vehicle Identification ............................... 432
Ignition Switch.......................................... 116
Illumination Control ................................. 128
Knob ....................................................... 128
Immobilizer System .................................. 110
Indicator.................................................... 78
Indicators .................................................... 70
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................... 73
Brake System............................................. 70
Charging System ............................... 71, 417
CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 79, 328
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 79, 327
Door and Tailgate Open ...................... 31, 75
ECON Mode ...................................... 78, 326
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System............................................ 75, 419
Fog Light ................................................... 77
High Temperature ..................................... 74
High-Beam ................................................ 77
Immobilizer System.................................... 78
Lights On................................................... 77
Low Fuel.................................................... 73
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 71, 417
Low Temperature ...................................... 74
Low Tire Pressure..................................... 334
Maintenance Minder
TM
...................... 79, 355
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 71, 418
Parking Brake and Brake System........ 70, 419
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 33, 72
Security System Alarm ............................... 79
Shift Lever Position .................................... 72
Smart Entry System ................................... 76
Starter System........................................... 77
Supplemental Restraint System............ 51, 73
TPMS ........................................................ 76
Transmission ............................................. 72
Turn Signal................................................ 77
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist)
System ........................................... 74, 330
VSA® OFF .......................................... 74, 331
Washer Level............................................. 79
Information .............................................. 429
Information Display ................................... 83
Instrument Panel........................................ 69
Brightness Control................................... 128
Interior Lights........................................... 144
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 131
Internet Radio .................................. 207, 208
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book447ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
448
Index
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)................. 402, 406
Jump Starting............................................ 412
K
Keyless Lockout Prevention ....................... 98
Keys ............................................................. 90
Lockout Prevention.................................... 98
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 102
Remote Transmitter ................................... 95
Types and Functions .................................. 90
Won’t Turn................................................ 24
Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Transmission)........................................... 316
L
LaneWatch
TM
............................................. 332
LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 59
Lights................................................. 121, 371
Bulb Replacement ................................... 371
Daytime Running Lights........................... 125
Fog Lights ............................................... 124
High-Beam Indicator.................................. 77
Interior .................................................... 144
Light Switches ......................................... 121
Lights On Indicator .................................... 77
Turn Signals ............................................ 121
Load Limits................................................ 303
Locking/Unlocking...................................... 90
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 103
Childproof Door Locks............................. 102
From Inside ............................................... 99
From Outside ............................................ 93
Keys .......................................................... 90
Lockout Prevention System........................ 98
Using a Key ............................................... 97
Lockout Prevention System ....................... 98
Low Battery Charge ................................. 417
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 73
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 71, 417
Lower Anchors............................................ 59
Lubricant Specifications Chart................. 431
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 303
M
Maintenance ............................................ 351
Battery.................................................... 391
Brake Fluid.............................................. 369
Cleaning ................................................. 396
Coolant .................................................. 366
Heating and Cooling System ................... 395
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 355
Oil .......................................................... 362
Precautions ............................................. 353
Radiator.................................................. 367
Remote Transmitter ................................ 393
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 371
Safety ..................................................... 353
Service Items........................................... 357
Tires........................................................ 382
Transmission Fluid................................... 368
Under the Hood...................................... 359
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book448ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
449
Index
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 71, 418
Manual Transmission ............................... 323
Reverse Lockout...................................... 325
Map Lights................................................ 145
Maximum Load Limit............................... 303
Meters, Gauges .......................................... 82
Mirrors...................................................... 131
Adjusting ................................................ 131
Door ....................................................... 131
Exterior ................................................... 131
Interior Rearview..................................... 131
Modifications (and Accessories).............. 349
Moonroof ................................................. 115
MP3........................................... 178, 184, 209
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 343
N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 432
O
Odometer.................................................... 84
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 361
Adding .................................................... 363
Checking................................................. 362
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 355
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 71, 417
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 361
Viscosity .................................................. 361
Opening and Closing the Moonroof....... 115
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 360
Power Windows ...................................... 113
Tailgate ................................................... 107
Overheating.............................................. 415
P
Paddle Shifters (7-Speed Manual Shift
Mode)....................................... 20, 321, 322
Pandora®................................................... 208
Panic Mode ............................................... 112
Parking...................................................... 342
Parking Brake ........................................... 338
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator........................................... 70, 419
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 52
Passing Indicators ..................................... 121
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................ 187, 212
Precautions While Driving ....................... 315
Rain ........................................................ 315
Pregnant Women ....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire).......................................... 403
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book449ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
450
Index
R
Radiator..................................................... 367
Radio (FM/AM).......................................... 176
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 177, 199
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 177
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 435
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 129
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 141
Rearview Mirror........................................ 131
Refueling................................................... 345
Fuel Gauge ................................................ 85
Gasoline .......................................... 345, 430
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73
Regulations ............................... 336, 385, 433
Remote Transmitter.................................... 95
Replacement
Battery..................................................... 393
Bulbs ....................................................... 371
Fuses ............................................... 421, 423
Tires ........................................................ 388
Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 378, 380
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 434
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 84
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 27
Safety Check ............................................... 31
Safety Labels............................................... 67
Safety Message............................................. 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 32
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 37
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 34
Checking................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor.................................... 38
Fastening .................................................. 35
Installing a Child Seat with
a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ......................... 61
Pregnant Women ...................................... 39
Reminder .................................................. 33
Warning Indicator ............................... 33, 72
Seat Heaters ............................................. 153
Seats.......................................................... 133
Adjusting ................................................ 133
Front Seats.............................................. 133
Rear Seats............................................... 140
Security System ........................................ 110
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 78
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 79
Select Lever ................................ 20, 317, 323
Operation ......................... 20, 318, 319, 320
Releasing ................................................ 414
Won’t Move ........................................... 414
Select/Reset Knob ...................................... 83
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58
Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 169
Setting the Clock........................................ 88
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book450ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
451
Index
Shift Lever .......................... 20, 317, 319, 323
Shift Position Indicator .............. 72, 318, 320
Shifting (Transmission) ............ 317, 319, 323
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37
Side Airbags ............................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 50
Siri Eyes Free............................................. 217
Snow Tires ................................................ 390
Spare Tire ......................................... 403, 431
Spark Plugs ............................................... 430
Specifications ........................................... 430
Specified Fuel ................................... 345, 430
Speedometer.............................................. 82
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 44
Starter System Indicator ............................ 77
Starting the Engine.......................... 309, 311
Does Not Start ........................................ 409
Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 116
Jump Starting ......................................... 412
Steering Wheel ........................................ 130
Adjusting ................................................ 130
Stopping ................................................... 342
Summer Tires............................................ 390
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44
Switches
(Around the Steering Wheel)....... 4, 5, 116
T
Tachometer................................................. 82
Tailgate ..................................................... 107
Temperature
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 74
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 74
Tie-down Hooks........................................ 151
Time (Setting) ............................................. 88
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) .................................................... 334
Indicator.................................................... 76
Tires ........................................................... 382
Air Pressure ..................................... 383, 431
Checking and Maintaining....................... 382
Inspection................................................ 382
Labeling .................................................. 383
Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 403
Regulations ............................................. 385
Rotation .................................................. 389
Spare Tire ........................................ 403, 431
Summer .................................................. 390
Tire Chains .............................................. 390
Wear Indicators ....................................... 387
Winter..................................................... 390
Tools .......................................................... 402
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 305
Towing Your Vehicle
Emergency .............................................. 426
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)................................................... 334
Indicator.................................................... 76
Transmission ............................. 317, 319, 323
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode.................... 321
Continuously Variable ............................. 316
Fluid........................................................ 368
Manual ................................................... 323
Number................................................... 432
Shift Position Indicator............... 72, 318, 320
Trip Meter................................................... 84
Troubleshooting....................................... 401
Blown Fuse...................................... 421, 423
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 24
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 25
Emergency Towing.................................. 426
Engine Won’t Start.................................. 409
Noise When Braking.................................. 25
Overheating ............................................ 415
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 403
Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 25, 102
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 414
Warning Indicators .................................... 70
Turn Signals .............................................. 121
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 77
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book451ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
452
Index
U
Unlocking the Doors............................. 93, 99
USB Flash Drives........................................ 224
USB Port(s)................................................. 163
V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ....... 432
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) .................. 330
Off Button ............................................... 331
Off Indicator .............................................. 74
System Indicator ........................................ 74
Viscosity (Oil)..................................... 361, 431
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 330
W
Wallpaper ................................................. 194
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 417
Warning Labels........................................... 67
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 437
Watts......................................................... 430
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 387
Wheel Nut Wrench
(Jack Handle) ................................. 402, 406
Window Washers ..................................... 126
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 370
Switch..................................................... 126
Windshield................................................ 126
Cleaning ......................................... 396, 399
Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 156
Washer Fluid ........................................... 370
Wiper Blades ........................................... 378
Wipers and Washers................................ 126
Winter Tires .............................................. 390
Snow Tires .............................................. 390
Tire Chains .............................................. 390
Wipers and Washers................................. 126
Checking and Replacing Wiper
Blades .......................................... 378, 380
WMA ......................................... 178, 184, 209
Worn Tires ........................................ 382, 387
16FITJAZZ‑31T5A6100.book452ページ２０１５年３月３日 火曜日 午前９時４９分
